GALAXY TELECOM LP
10-K/A, 1996-05-13
CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES
Previous: TRANSPRO INC, 10-Q, 1996-05-13
Next: DIAMOND OFFSHORE DRILLING INC, 8-K, 1996-05-13




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                   __________________________________________

                                Amendment No. 1
                                       on
                                   FORM 10-K/A

     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

     Commission file number 33-95298;  33-95298-01

                              GALAXY TELECOM, L.P.
                          GALAXY TELECOM CAPITAL CORP.
          (Exact name of co-registrants as specified in their charters)

            Delaware                                     43-1697125
                                                         43-1719476
- ----------------------------------------     ----------------------------------
   (States of Other Jurisdictions of          (IRS Employer Identification No.)
     Incorporation or Organization)

          1220 North Main
         Sikeston, Missouri                                 63801
________________________________________      _________________________________
 (Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (573) 472-8200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate  by check mark  whether the  co-registrants  (1) have filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes_____X_____ No__________


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of the  co-registrants'  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of thes  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

Aggregate market value of the voting equity securities held by non-affiliates of
Galaxy Telecom, L.P.: $0

Aggregate market value of the voting equity securities held by non-affiliates of
Galaxy Telecom Capital Corp.: $1,000

Number of shares of Galaxy  Telecom  Capital Corp.  outstanding  as of March 31,
1996: 100

DOCUMENTS  INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: Not applicable.


<PAGE>

                              GALAXY TELECOM, L.P.
                          GALAXY TELECOM CAPITAL CORP.
                         Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A

     The undersigned  co-registrants hereby amend the following items, financial
statements, exhibits or other portions of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, as set forth in the pages attached hereto:

Item  1.  Business
Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
             Results of Operations
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
- --        Signatures
- --        Exhibit Index
- --        Exhibit 10.12


                                        2

<PAGE>



                                     PART I
Item 1. Business.

General

     Galaxy Telecom,  L.P. (the "Company")  owns,  operates and develops classic
cable television  systems (the "Systems")  primarily in small communities in the
Midwest and  Southeast  United  States.  As of December  31,  1995,  the Current
Systems  passed  approximately  265,400 homes and served  approximately  162,400
subscribers in 16 states, predominantly including Mississippi, Nebraska, Kansas,
Missouri,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Iowa, Alabama, Georgia and Florida. The Company
was  organized  on December 1, 1994.  Galaxy  Telecom  Capital  Corp.  ("Capital
Corp."), was incorporated on July 26, 1995 and was formed solely for the purpose
of co-issuing, with the Company, $120 million in Senior Subordinated Notes.

     The Company  believes  there are  advantages  to  acquiring  and  operating
classic  cable  television  systems.  Typically,  in  classic  cable  television
markets,  cable  television  service  is  necessary  in order to  receive a full
complement of over-the-air  television  stations  (including network- affiliated
stations).   In  addition,   these  markets   generally  offer  fewer  competing
entertainment  alternatives than larger urban or suburban markets.  As a result,
classic cable television systems usually have higher basic penetration rates and
lower churn rates than systems  serving larger  markets.  As compared with urban
and suburban  systems,  classic systems have more programming  flexibility for a
given  channel   capacity  because  they  are  generally  in  areas  with  fewer
over-the-air  broadcast  stations  that must be  carried  and have  fewer  local
programming  obligations.  In addition,  the Company  believes that it and other
classic cable system  operators  have lower capital  costs per  subscriber  than
urban and suburban operators. Based on the generally lower cost of living in its
operating areas, the Company also believes that classic systems have lower labor
and marketing costs than many urban and suburban systems.

         Over 90% of the  plant in the  Systems  have a channel  capacity  of 36
channels  or more.  This  compares  favorably  to the  industry-wide  average of
approximately  70% of systems having channel capacity of 30 channels or more. In
addition,  substantially  all of the  Systems  presently  have the  capacity  to
increase  the  number of  channels  offered  to  subscribers  without  having to
increase  existing  bandwidth.  The  Company  intends  to reduce  the  number of
headends in the Systems by more than 100 by consolidating headend locations over
the next two years.  The Company  believes that this  consolidation  will reduce
maintenance costs, increase system reliability and allow the redeployment of the
associated electronic equipment to remaining headends, thus enabling the Company
to expand the number of  channels  it can offer to its  customers  and  increase
average revenue per subscriber.

         The six key individuals who manage the Company's day-to-day  operations
(the"Senior  Managers")  have  developed  and  refined  the  operating  strategy
utilized by the Company to  efficiently  and  economically  provide high quality
customer  service  to  classic  cable  television  systems  spread  over  a wide
geographic  area. The Company's  existing  infrastructure  includes two customer
service  centers  which receive  customer  calls at any time through a toll-free
telephone number. At the service centers,  customer service  representatives can
address  virtually  any request or problem a customer may have through an online
customer  support  computer  system  utilizing  advanced  software.  The central
computer  system  is  integrated  with the  Qualcomm  OmniTRACS  satellite-based
dispatch  system,  which  has been  installed  in all of the  Company's  service
vehicles.  The OmniTRACS  system provides the customer  service  representatives
with direct,  real-time,  two-way  interactive  communication with the Company's
field technicians and generates comprehensive customer service information on a

                                        3

<PAGE>

timely  basis.  The  integration  of the OmniTRACS  system with the  centralized
computer system allows the Company to control costs,  better manage the customer
service function and provide its customers with high quality service,  generally
within a 24-hour period.

         The Company believes that consistently high quality  performance of its
local field  technicians is important in maintaining  good community  relations.
The Company has an ongoing program of training its field technicians not only in
technical areas but also in customer  service and sales  functions.  The Company
strives to have its local  field  technicians  represent  the Company in each of
their  respective  service  areas as  well-trained,  responsible  and  respected
members of their communities.

Background

         The Senior Managers,  Tommy L. Gleason, Jr., James M. Gleason, J. Keith
Davidson, Ronald Voss, Terry M. Cordova and Thomas Morris, have been involved in
the construction,  acquisition,  ownership,  management and operation of classic
cable  television  systems as a team for more than a decade and have  collective
experience  in the cable  television  industry  exceeding  100 years.  From 1987
through 1994,  the Senior  Managers  operated  over 10 classic cable  television
systems for Galaxy Cablevision,  L.P. ("Galaxy  Cablevision"),  a master limited
partnership traded on the American Stock Exchange.  Prior thereto,  between 1981
and 1987, the Senior Managers  constructed and operated cable television systems
in Alabama,  Illinois,  Indiana, Tennessee and Texas through a number of related
entities.

     In response to changes in the federal  tax laws  regarding  master  limited
partnerships,  Galaxy Cablevision commenced in 1994 the liquidation of its cable
television  holdings.  Thereafter,  the Senior Managers organized Galaxy Systems
Management,  Inc.  ("Galaxy  Management") to acquire  selected cable  television
properties.  Commencing in May, 1994, Galaxy Management  entered into definitive
agreements to acquire selected cable television systems from Galaxy Cablevision,
Vantage Cable Associates,  L.P. ("Vantage Cable"),  Vista Communications Limited
Partnership,  III ("Vista Communications") and Chartwell Cable of Colorado, Inc.
("Chartwell").  Each of these agreements were later assigned to, and assumed by,
the Company prior to the consummation of each of the transactions. To facilitate
the Company's acquisition of these Systems, TA Associates, Inc., Spectrum Equity
Investors,  L.P. and Fleet Equity Partners (the "Equity  Investors"),  who since
the 1960's have financed  numerous cable  television  companies at all stages of
development in urban,  suburban and classic  markets,  and the Senior  Managers,
collectively  invested  equity  capital  of  approximately  $30  million  in the
Company.  The Equity  Investors in December 1995  contributed  an additional $15
million  to help  fund the  Company's  acquisitions  of cable  system  assets of
Douglas Cable Communications,  Limited Partnership  ("Douglas  Communications"),
Friendship Cable  Southeast,  a division of Buford Group,  Inc.  ("Friendship"),
Vista-Narragansett  Cable  L.P.  ("Vista-Narragansett"),   Vista  Communications
Limited  Patnership I ("Vista I"), and Phoenix Country Cable, L.P. Joint Venture
("Phoenix  Cable").  A summary of the acquisitions of each of the Systems is set
forth below.

         Galaxy  Cablevision  Acquisitions.  On December 23,  1994,  the Company
acquired all of the operating assets comprising the 27 cable television systems,
substantially  all of which  were  located  in  western  Kentucky  and  southern
Illinois,  that  were  owned by  Galaxy  Cablevision  (the  "Galaxy  Cablevision
Systems").   The  purchase  price  for  the  Galaxy   Cablevision   Systems  was
approximately  $18.5  million.  Upon  acquisition  by the  Company,  the  Galaxy
Cablevision Systems passed  approximately  23,500 homes with 570 miles of plant,
resulting  in  a  density  of   approximately   41.2  homes  per  mile,   served
approximately  15,400  basic  subscribers  and had a basic  penetration  rate of
approximately 65.5%.

                                        4

<PAGE>


         On March 31, 1995,  the Company  acquired all of the  operating  assets
comprising Galaxy  Cablevision's  eight Cameron,  Texas cable television systems
(the "Cameron  Systems").  The Cameron Systems are located  northeast of Austin,
Texas.  The  purchase  price for the  Cameron  Systems  was  approximately  $3.6
million.   Upon   acquisition  by  the  Company,   the  Cameron  Systems  passed
approximately  7,730  homes with 143 miles of plant,  resulting  in a density of
approximately 54.1 homes per mile, served  approximately 3,500 basic subscribers
and had a basic penetration rate of approximately 45.3%.

         All of the Senior  Managers  were  affiliated  with Galaxy  Cablevision
prior to the dates of  acquisition  by the  Company  of the  Galaxy  Cablevision
Systems and the Cameron Systems.  Galaxy  Cablevision  retained a broker to sell
the systems pursuant to an auction in each of the transactions and, with respect
to the sale of the Galaxy Cablevision Systems,  obtained a fairness opinion from
an  independent   investment  adviser.  The  independent   directors  of  Galaxy
Cablevision's general partner and the unitholders of Galaxy Cablevision approved
each of the transactions. For the foregoing reasons, the Senior Managers believe
that the price paid for each of such systems was  negotiated  on an arm's length
basis.

         Vantage Cable  Acquisition.  On December 23, 1994, the Company acquired
all of the operating assets comprising the 109 cable television  systems located
in Colorado, Iowa, Missouri,  Nebraska, South Dakota and Wyoming that were owned
by Vantage  Cable (the  "Vantage  Cable  Systems").  The purchase  price for the
Vantage Cable Systems was approximately  $38.4 million.  Upon acquisition by the
Company,  the Vantage Cable Systems passed  approximately  44,800 homes with 969
miles of plant,  resulting  in a density of  approximately  46.2 homes per mile,
served  approximately  30,000 basic subscribers and had a basic penetration rate
of approximately 67.0%
         Vista  Communications  Acquisition.  On December 23, 1994,  the Company
acquired all of the operating assets comprising the 85 cable television  systems
located in Alabama, Florida, Georgia,  Louisiana and Mississippi that were owned
by Vista Communications (the "Vista Communications Systems"). The purchase price
for the Vista  Communications  Systems was  approximately  $36.6  million.  Upon
acquisition   by  the  Company,   the  Vista   Communications   Systems   passed
approximately 50,700 homes with 1,420 miles of plant,  resulting in a density of
approximately 35.7 homes per mile, served approximately 31,000 basic subscribers
and had a basic penetration rate of approximately 61.1%.

         Chartwell Cable Acquisition. On December 23, 1994, the Company acquired
all of the operating assets  comprising two cable television  systems located in
Larimer  and Weld  Counties,  Colorado  and in an  apartment  complex in Denver,
Colorado  that were owned by  Chartwell  Cable (the  "Chartwell  Systems").  The
purchase price for the Chartwell  Systems was approximately  $.75 million.  Upon
acquisition by the Company,  the Chartwell  Systems passed  approximately  1,500
homes with 79 miles of plant, resulting in a density of approximately 19.0 homes
per mile, served approximately 830 basic subscribers and had a basic penetration
rate of approximately 55.3%.

         Douglas  Communications  Acquisition.  On December 1, 1995, the Company
acquired all of the operating assets comprising the 226 cable television systems
located in  Illinois,  Missouri,  Nebraska and Kansas that were owned by Douglas
Communications (the "Douglas  Communications  Systems").  The purchase price for

                                        5

<PAGE>


     the Douglas  Communications Systems was approximately $45.797 million. Upon
acquisition  by  the  Company,   the  Douglas   Communications   Systems  passed
approximately 72,945 homes, with 1,613 miles of plant, resulting in a density of
approximately   45.2  homes  per  mile,   served   approximately   43,000  basic
subscribers, and had a basic penetration rate of approximately 59.0%.

         Friendship  Cable  Acquisition.  On  December  29,  1995,  the  Company
acquired all of the operating assets comprising the 35 cable television  systems
located in Florida,  Georgia,  and South  Carolina that were owned by Friendship
Cable (the "Friendship  Cable  Systems").  The purchase price for the Friendship
Cable Systems was  approximately  $21 million.  Upon acquisition by the Company,
the Friendship Cable Systems passed approximately 35,637 homes, with 1,676 miles
of plant,  for a density of 21.3  homes per mile,  served  approximately  17,500
basic subscribers and had a basic penetration rate of approximately 49.1%.

         Vista-Narragansett  Acquisition.  On  December  29,  1995,  the Company
acquired all of the operating assets comprising the 18 cable television  systems
located   in    Mississippi,    Alabama,    Louisiana   and    Tennessee    (the
"Vista-Narragansett  Systems").  The purchase  price for the  Vista-Narragansett
systems,  net  of  systems  sold,  was  approximately   $13.715  million.   Upon
acquisition by the Company, the Vista-Narragansett  systems passed approximately
16,155 homes,  with 433 miles of plant,  resulting in a density of approximately
37.3 homes per mile,  served  approximately  11,000 basic  subscribers and had a
basic penetration rate of approximately 68.1%.

         Vista I Acquisition.  On December 29, 1995, the Company acquired all of
the operating  assets  comprising  the 18 cable  television  systems  located in
Mississippi  and Alabama of Vista I (the "Vista I Systems").  The purchase price
for the Vista I Systems was approximately $7.61 million. Upon acquisition by the
Company, the Vista I Systems passed approximately 9,073 homes, with 323 miles of
plant, resulting in a density of 28.1 homes per mile, served approximately 6,100
basic subscribers and had a basic penetration rate of approximately 67.2%.

         Phoenix Cable  Acquisition.  On November 2, 1995, the Company  acquired
all of the operating assets comprising the 3 cable television systems located in
Mississippi that were owned by Phoenix Cable (the "Phoenix Cable Systems").  The
purchase  price for the Phoenix Cable Systems was  approximately  $0.55 million.
Upon acquisition by the Company,  the Phoenix Cable Systems passed approximately
1,115 homes with 71 miles of plant, resulting in a density of approximately 15.7
homes per mile, served approximately 600 basic subscribers and had a penetration
rate of approximately 53.8%.

Pending Acquisitions and Trades

         Consistent  with its  business  strategy,  the Company has entered into
purchase  agreements to purchase or acquire  through the trade of certain of its
Systems  certain cable  television  system assets  described below (the "Pending
Acquisitions").  The systems to be acquired  in the  Pending  Acquisitions  (the
"Pending  Systems")  will have a net effect of increasing  the  Company's  homes
passed by 24,500 and its basic subscribers by 15,400. The following is a summary
of each of the Pending Acquisitions.


                                        6

<PAGE>
Cablevision  of Texas  Systems

On March 29, 1996, the Company  entered into a definitive  agreement to purchase
certain assets  comprising 30 cable  television  systems of Cablevision of Texas
III,  Empire  Communications,  and Empire Cable of Kansas (the  "Cablevision  of
Texas  Systems")  for a  purchase  price of $10.62  million  which is subject to
reduction in the event fewer than 9,100 basic subscribers  exist at closing.  As
of December 31, 1995,  the  Cablevision  of Texas  Systems  passed  11,771 homes
located  in  Kansas,  with 347 miles of plant,  for a density  of 33.9 homes per
mile.  The  Cablevision  of  Texas  Systems  served  approximately  8,756  basic
subscribers and had a basic penetration rate of 74.4% as of December 31, 1995.

High Plains  Systems

On March 29, 1996, the Company  entered into a definitive  agreement to purchase
certain systems  comprising 8 cable television systems of High Plains Cable (the
"High Plains Systems") for a purchase price of $0.35 million which is subject to
reduction in the event fewer than 377 basic subscribers exist at closing.  As of
December 31, 1995,  the High Plains  Systems passed 580 homes located in Kansas,
with 20 miles of plant,  for a density  of 29 homes  per mile.  The High  Plains
Systems served  approximately  323 basic subscribers and had a basic penetration
rate of approximately 55.7% as of December 31, 1995.

Midcontinent  Systems

On January 12, 1996, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to purchase
certain  assets  comprising 6 cable  television  systems of  Midcontinent  Cable
Systems (the "Midcontinent  Systems") for a purchase price of $1.4 million which
is subject to reduction in the event fewer than 1,300 basic subscribers exist at
closing.  As of December 31, 1995, the  Midcontinent  Systems passed 1,853 homes
located  in  Nebraska,  with 32 miles of plant,  for a density of 57.9 homes per
mile. The Midcontinent  Systems served approximately 1,326 basic subscribers and
had a basic penetration rate of approximately 71.6% as of December 31, 1995.

Five Rivers Systems

On August 16, 1995,  the Company  signed a letter of intent to purchase  certain
assets  comprising a cable  television  system of Five Rivers Cable Company (the
"Five Rivers  System") for a purchase  price of $.5 million  which is subject to
reduction in the event fewer than 588 basic subscribers exist at closing.  As of
December 31, 1995, the Five Rivers System passed approximately 730 homes located
in Tennessee,  with 24 miles of plant, for a density of 30.4 homes per mile. The
Five Rivers System served  approximately  600 basic  subscribers and had a basic
penetration rate of approximately 82.2% as of December 31, 1995.

Hurst Communications Systems

On February  15,  1996,  the Company  entered  into a  definitive  agreement  to
purchase  certain  assets  comprising  8  cable  television   systems  of  Hurst
Communications  (the "Hurst  Systems")  for a purchase  price of $1.05  million,
which is subject to  reduction  in the event fewer than 1,370 basic  subscribers
exist  at  closing.   As  of  December  31,  1995,   the  Hurst  Systems  passed
approximately  1,830  homes  located  in Kansas,  with 50 miles of plant,  for a
density of 36.6 homes per mile.  The Hurst Systems  served  approximately  1,406
basic  subscribers and had a basic  penetration rate of 76.8% as of December 31,
1995.

TCI Systems

On March 14, 1996,  the Company  entered  into a  definitive  agreement to trade
certain of its assets  located in Shawnee  County and Jefferson  County,  Kansas
(the "Shawnee  County  System") for certain assets  comprising  approximately  7
cable  television  systems  of TCI  (the  "TCI  Systems")  located  in  northern
Mississippi. As of December 31, 1995, the Company's Shawnee County System passed
9,143 homes,  with 315 miles of plant,  resulting in a density of 29.0 homes per

                                        7

<PAGE>



mile. The Shawnee County System served approximately 7,200 basic subscribers and
had a basic penetration rate of approximately  78.7% as of December 31, 1995. As
of December 31, 1995,  the TCI Systems  passed 16,897  homes,  with 445 miles of
plant,  resulting  in a density  of 38.0 homes per mile.  The TCI System  served
approximately  10,275  basic  subscribers  and had a basic  penetration  rate of
approximately 60.8% as of December 31, 1995.

         General Terms of Pending Acquisitions.  The terms of the agreements for
each of the  Pending  Acquisitions  (collectively,  the  "Purchase  Agreements")
similarly  provide  for the cash  purchase  by the  Company  of  assets  used in
connection with the Pending Systems,  including,  without limitation,  rights of
the  respective  sellers  under all  subscription  contracts  with  subscribers,
franchises and other  appropriate  agreements,  consents,  licenses and permits,
headend and associated electronic equipment,  cable plant, owned and leased real
property,  and various other related assets. The Purchase Agreements provide for
the  placement  of a  portion  of the  purchase  price in  escrow,  which  funds
generally  may be used to reduce  the  purchase  price in the  event of  certain
misrepresentations  and  breaches of  warranties,  covenants or agreement by the
respective  sellers  or to  resolve  outstanding  claims or  contingencies.  The
purchase price is also subject to downward  adjustment at closing depending upon
the difference  between the number of subscribers served by the acquired systems
at the  time of  closing  and a  number  expressly  set  forth  in the  Purchase
Agreement.  The  dollar  amount  of  adjustment  is  based  on  such  difference
multiplied by a specific dollar amount per subscriber.

         The Purchase  Agreements contain certain customary  representations and
warranties  by, and covenants of, the Company and the  respective  sellers.  The
completion of each of the Pending  Acquisitions is subject to certain  customary
conditions, including among others (i) the parties obtaining certain third-party
consents  and  governmental  approvals  and (ii) the  absence of any  materially
adverse  change in the  condition of the assets or systems to be acquired or the
business of the seller. The Purchase Agreements also contain customary rights to
indemnification  against  certain  damages  or  losses.  Each  of  the  Purchase
Agreements is independent of all other Purchase Agreements, and the consummation
of any of the Pending  Acquisitions is not conditioned  upon the consummation of
any other Pending Acquisition.

Service, Installation and Repair

     The Company  believes that  providing  high quality  customer  service is a
critical  element in maximizing  the value of services  provided to customers of
the Systems.  Centralizing  the customer service function enables the Company to
employ a smaller number of highly trained customer service  representatives than
in a more decentralized operational structure.  Accordingly, the Company invests
significant  resources in providing its customer  service  representatives  with
ongoing  telephone,  computer  and sales  training to assure  that the  customer
receives a consistently high level of service.

         The Company utilizes advanced software systems to facilitate  effective
interaction with its customers. A potential or existing customer can call at any
time the Company's toll-free telephone number for installation, repairs or other
services.  The call is automatically routed to one of the Company's two customer
service centers.  At the service centers,  customer service  representatives who
receive the calls can address  virtually  any request or problem a customer  may

                                        8

<PAGE>



have through access to an online  customer  support  computer  system  utilizing
advanced  software.  If a customer is reporting a service problem,  the customer
service  representative  will  enter a service  call  request  into the  central
computer system,  which prioritizes and schedules the service call. The computer
system automatically prioritizes the call based upon the severity of the problem
reported. If, for example, the customer is experiencing a complete disruption of
service, the call is given the highest priority and is dispatched immediately to
the local field technician. If the customer requests new or additional services,
the customer  service  representative  will enter a work order into the computer
system which  automatically  assigns and schedules the order for the appropriate
field technician.

     All of the  Company's  service  vehicles  are  equipped  with the  Qualcomm
OmniTRACS  satellite-based  dispatch system,  and the Company intends to install
the  OmniTRACS  system in all  service  vehicles of  acquired  systems.  Through
direct,  real-time  access to the field technician and his work schedule via the
OmniTRACS system, the customer service representative transmits the service call
request or the work order directly to the field  technician's  service  vehicle.
This  interactive  system  helps the  Company  control its costs and improve its
service by  avoiding  the  inefficiencies  and costs  associated  with  printing
service  calls or work  orders and using  pagers,  facsimile  machines,  two-way
radios  and  cellular  phones to  communicate  with its field  technicians.  The
OmniTRACS  system also provides  regional  managers the ability to determine the
exact  location  of all  service  vehicles at any time and keeps a record of all
movements of service vehicles.

Marketing, Rates and Collections

     The company  markets and  promotes  its cable  television  systems with the
objective of increasing  penetration  and average  revenue per  subscriber.  The
Company  markets the basic and  premium  programming  of the  Systems  primarily
through door-to-door selling efforts and telemarketing, and, to a lesser degree,
through  media  advertising  and direct  mail.  Each of the  Company's  customer
service  centers has a Marketing  Director who coordinates  direct  door-to-door
campaigns  throughout the geographic areas of the Systems and is responsible for
internal  incentives  for the customer  service and technical  staffs.  Customer
service  representatives  are also  trained  to market  upgrades  in  service to
existing  customers.  Each service center has a Director of Training,  who works
closely with the Marketing  Department to ensure that all employees are informed
of current rates, programming packages and promotions.


                                        9

<PAGE>



         The Company's  current  monthly rates for full basic service range from
$19.95 to $26.95 and rates for premium  services  generally  range from $6.95 to
$12.95 per service.  The Company's  marketing  strategy  calls for the continued
rollout of The Disney Channel as part of its basic service,  as well as selected
channel additions,  with corresponding rate increases.  Because the Systems have
been owned and operated by various other cable television  operators,  differing
strategies  with regard to channel  lineups,  pricing and  security  for premium
services have been employed.  It is the Company's goal to attempt to standardize
its  programming,  rates and premium security over all of the Systems within the
next few years.

         The  Company  utilizes  a on  an  IBM  AS/400  using  software  written
specifically for the cable television industry. The Company operates the billing
system "in house" and produces  statements  for  customers  on a monthly  basis.

         In addition  to monthly and  installation  fees,  additional  potential
sources of revenue for cable  operators  are the sale of local spot  advertising
time on locally originated and  satellite-delivered  programming.  Cable systems
also generate  revenue  through sales of products  offered through home shopping
programming  and purchased from the systems'  respective  service  areas.  Other
potential  sources of revenue for cable  television  systems include the sale of
programming  featuring  movies and  special  events  (such as  concerts,  sports
programming  and other  entertainment  features) to customers on a  pay-per-view
basis.  The Company would need to invest in addressable  converter  equipment to
provide  pay-per-view  services on its systems.  The Company  currently does not
generate  significant revenues from any of these areas but believes that certain
of these areas could become possible sources of revenue in the future.

Programming

         The  Systems  typically  offer  two  tiers  of basic  cable  television
programming service: a broadcast basic programming tier (consisting generally of
network and public television  signals  available  over-the-air in the franchise
community and superstation signals) and a satellite programming tier (consisting
primarily of  satellite-delivered  programming  such as CNN, USA, ESPN and TNT).
Substantially  all of the  customers of the Systems  subscribed to both tiers of
basic service as of December 31, 1995. To enhance value for its  customers,  the
Company  analyzes  and  selectively  modernizes  its cable plant to increase the
number of channel  offerings and to improve the quality of the signal  delivered
to its systems.  The Company regularly  evaluates the programming offered by its
systems and continuously seeks to provide innovative packages of premium service
in order to assure customer  satisfaction.  As an example,  the Company provides

                                       10

<PAGE>

the Disney Channel as part of the basic subscription  service without charging a
separate  fee.  From time to time,  the Company  enhances the value of its basic
service by adding additional programming to its basic tier.

         The Systems offer premium programming services,  both on a per-channel,
or a la carte,  basis and as part of a variety of premium  programming  packages
designed to be attractive  to customers  while,  at the same time,  enabling the
Company to enjoy the benefits of programming  agreements which offer the Company
financial  incentives  based upon premium service unit growth.  Premium channels
such as HBO,  Cinemax,  Showtime,  The Movie  Channel  and  Encore  are  offered
individually  or in value  packages  designed to increase  premium  penetration.
These  packages  offer two or more premium  services  for a discounted  price as
compared to the a la carte  pricing of  individual  services,  and in some cases
offer a  "mini-pay,"  such as Encore  or Flix,  at no  additional  charge if the
customer  subscribes to two or more  services.

         The  Company  generally  plans to  upgrade  the  channel  offerings  of
recently acquired systems. The Company believes that many of the Systems present
opportunities  to improve  basic and  premium  penetration  levels  and  average
revenues  per  subscriber.  The  Company  believes  it  has  an  opportunity  to
restructure  the  programming  of the Systems,  including  launching  The Disney
Channel on the basic  service  and  repackaging  premium  channels.  The Company
intends to utilize  aggressive  marketing  efforts and its focus on high quality
customer  service to enable it to increase  penetration of and overall  customer
satisfaction with the Systems.

         The  Company  has  various   contracts  to  obtain  basic  and  premium
programming  from program  suppliers whose  compensation is typically based on a
fixed fee per subscriber. The Company has negotiated programming agreements with
premium service  suppliers that offer cost incentives to the Company under which
premium unit prices decline as certain  premium  service  growth  thresholds are
met. In addition to volume  pricing  discounts,  some  program  suppliers  offer
marketing support to the Company in the form of advertising  funds,  promotional
material,  rebates and other incentives. The Company's programming contracts are
generally  for a fixed period of time,  typically  three to five years,  and are
subject to negotiated renewal.

         The  Company  is  also  a  member  of  the  National  Cable  Television
Cooperative  (the  "NCTC"),  a purchasing  cooperative  that  negotiates  volume
discounts on behalf of its members,  which serve in the  aggregate  nearly three
million  cable  subscribers.  As an NCTC  member,  the Company is able to obtain
programming and cable system hardware discounts available to all members.

         The Company has various retransmission consents with several commercial
broadcast  stations.  None of these consents  require direct payment of fees for
carriage;  however,  in some cases the Company has entered into  agreements with
                                       11

<PAGE>



certain  stations  to  carry  satellite-delivered  cable  programming  which  is
affiliated with the network carried by such stations. In some cases, the Company
agreed to spend  actual  dollars on  advertising  with the  station on an annual
basis over the three-year term of the agreement.  These  agreements are required
to be renewed  before  December  31, 1996.  There can be no assurance  that such
agreements can or will be renewed under similar terms.  See  "--Legislation  and
Regulation - General."

         The Company's  cable  programming  costs have increased in recent years
and are expected to continue to increase  due to  additional  programming  being
provided to customers,  increased costs to produce or purchase cable programming
and other factors. The Company believes it will continue to have access to cable
programming  services  at  reasonable  price  levels,  although  there can be no
assurances with respect thereto.  The Company believes that a significant amount
of new cable television  programming is becoming  available and that the Company
will be able to identify and take advantage of available  incentives  associated
with channel  position and additional  channels to selectively  accommodate such
expanding programming. The Company expects it will be able to recoup programming
cost increases through rate increases.

Technology and Engineering

     Over 90% of the plant in the Systems have a channel capacity of 36 channels
or more.  Substantially  all of the Systems  presently  have the  capability  to
increase  the  number of  channels  offered  to  subscribers  without  having to
increase existing  bandwidth.  At December 31, 1995, the Company maintained over
7,500 miles of coaxial plant that passed more than 265,400 homes.  The following
table sets forth certain  information  with regard to the channel  capacities of
the Systems as of December 31, 1995.

                                       Up to 29   30 to 53   54 or more
                                       Channels   Channels   Channels   Totals
Current Systems:
   Number of systems .................     23        426         71        520
   Percent of total Current Systems ..    4.4%      81.9%      13.7%     100.0%
   Miles of plant ....................    127      5,818      1,571      7,516
   Percent of total plant miles ......    1.7%      77.4%      20.9%     100.0%

     The  Company   continually   monitors  and  evaluates   new   technological
developments  to make optimal use of its existing  assets and to anticipate  the
introduction of new services and program delivery capabilities. The use of fiber
optic  cable as a  transportation  medium is playing a major  role in  enhancing
channel  capacity  and  improving  the  performance  and  reliability  of  cable
television systems.   To date,  the  Company  has  implemented  fiber optic
technology  and,  to a  lesser  degree,  microwave  technology  to  interconnect
headends throughout its Current Systems by interconnecting  headends of adjacent
systems with one master headend  facility,  the Company can reduce the number of
headends,  lower maintenance  costs and add new channels more  efficiently.  The
Company  generally  plans to continue  to reduce the number of headends  through
consolidation to take advantage of these  efficiencies,  including  reducing the

                                       12

<PAGE>

number of  headends  used in the  Systems by more than 100 (from a  Company-wide
total of 520 for the  Systems)  over the next two years.  Such  reduction in the
number of  headends is expected to reduce  maintenance  costs,  increase  system
reliability and allow the redeployment of the associated electronic equipment to
remaining  headends,  thus enabling the Company to expand the number of channels
offered  on the  Systems to its  customers  and  increase  average  revenue  per
subscriber.

     The Company  intends to deliver  distance  learning and teacher  in-service
type training video to Kindergarten  through Grade 12 schools primarily in those
areas where the Company has implemented  fiber optics to  interconnect  adjacent
headend  facilities from one master facility.  The distance learning will enable
classrooms  of  students  at  several   adjacent  school  districts  to  receive
real-time,  interactive lectures via the fiber optic network from one lecturer's
classroom.  The  in-service  teacher's  training  utilizes  the same  concept of
distance  learning  except its  programming  comes from one in-service  training
facility. The company is also continuing to explore the possibility of being the
Internet provider to those schools,  and to its subscribers in those areas where
fiber interconnects will be in place.

     Additionally,  the Company is exploring the business opportunities that may
be available by using its  extensive  fiber  network as a source of transport of
voice and high speed data for both long  distance and local  exchange  carriers.
The  Company  currently  is in  discussions  with  several  telephone  companies
concerning the use of the redundant facilities.

         The  Company  intends  to  explore  the  use  of  digital   compression
technology to enhance the current  channel  capacities  of the  Company's  cable
systems. This technology is expected to allow up to 10 channels to be carried in
the space of one analog  channel.  Digital  signals not only offer the potential
for allowing cable  television  systems to carry more  programming  but also for
improving the quality and reliability of the television  signals  carried.  This
technology  may also  allow  cable  systems  to offer  additional  products  and
services,  including video games (such as SEGA).  Although the Company  believes
that the use of digital  technology  in the future  offers the potential for the
Company to  increase  channel  capacity  in a more cost  efficient  manner  than
rebuilding  such  systems  with  high  capacity   distribution  plant,   digital
compression technology is still in the developmental stage and is not yet widely
implemented by cable system  operators.  There can be no assurance as to whether
or when such technology can or will be implemented by the Company and, if it can
be implemented,  whether such technology will result in significant cost savings
over  alternative  methods of  expanding  channel  capacities  of the  Company's
systems.

Community Relations

     The Company is dedicated to developing  strong  community  relations in the
locations  served  by its  cable  television  systems  and  believes  that  good
relations  with its local  franchising  authorities  are  primarily  a result of
effective   communications   by  the  Company's  field   management  with  local
authorities.  A customer service representative is assigned to each municipality
in which the  Systems  operate.  The same  customer  service  representative  is
responsible for contacting  mayor,  city clerk or city manager by telephone once
each month to  determine if any problems  have arisen or if any  customers  have
complained  to  municipal  officials  about  their  cable  service.  The Company
addresses any problems discovered during these contacts.  Regional managers also

                                       13

<PAGE>


contact the state or local franchising  authorities,  and the Company prepares a
newsletter  highlighting any changes in operations or new programming  offerings
and  introducing  any new employees  which it send  semiannually  to each of its
franchising authorities.

Centralized Management Functions

         Management functions such as billing, payments processing,  accounting,
engineering  and marketing are  centralized  at the Company's  headquarters  and
regional  customer  service centers.  Upon acquiring a system,  the Company will
also consolidate  certain management  functions at its headquarters and regional
customer service centers at minimal incremental costs.

     The Company is able to process  hundreds of customer  service calls per day
through the use of the IBM AS/400 computer  system,  which is centrally based at
the Company's  headquarters in Sikeston,  Missouri.  The computer  operates with
software which provides  online access to up-to-date  subscriber,  marketing and
accounting information. The computer system also manages information flow to and
from the field technician staff via the OmniTRACS system.

     The  central  computer  system  allows  both the  Senior  Managers  and the
regional managers to access subscriber information as soon as it is entered from
the customer service centers or the field technicians. The centralized nature of
the system allows each of the Company's  customer service centers to back up the
other if there is an  interruption  of  telephone  service to such  center.  The
customer  service  centers also can utilize the  centralized  computer system to
communicate with local payment offices, headquarters, the other customer service
center and the field  technicians,  all of which have online access  through the
central platform.  Finally, the system provides a centralized reporting location
for all subscriber  billing  information  which enables the accounting  staff to
prepare timely and accurate financial information. These features of the central
computer system,  along with the system's integration with the OmniTRACS system,
allow the Company to  consolidate  many of the  management  functions  for newly
acquired systems.

Franchises

         Cable television  systems are generally  constructed and operated under
non-exclusive  franchises  granted  by  local  governmental  authorities.  These

                                       14

<PAGE>



franchises  typically  contain  many  conditions,  such as time  limitations  on
commencement  and completion of construction;  conditions of service,  including
number of  channels,  types of  programming  and  provision  of free  service to
schools and certain other public institutions;  and maintenance of insurance and
indemnity  bonds.  The  provisions  of local  franchises  are subject to federal
regulation under the 1984 Cable Act, the 1992 Cable Act, and the 1996 Cable Act.
See "--Legislation and Regulation - General."

         As of December 31, 1995, the Company held approximately 586 franchises.
The  non-exclusive  franchises  provide  for the  payment of fees to the issuing
authority.  The 1984 Cable Act prohibits  franchising  authorities from imposing
franchise  fees in excess of 5.0% of gross  revenues  and also permits the cable
system operator to seek renegotiation and modification of franchise requirements
if warranted  by changed  circumstances.  See  "--Legislation  and  Regulation -
General."

         The table  below  illustrates  the  grouping of the  franchises  of the
Systems by date of expiration.

Year of                                                           Percentages
Franchise                                         Number of         of Total
Expiration                                       Franchises        Franchises
- ----------                                       ----------        ----------
1996-1998                                            168               28.7%
1999-2001                                             70               11.9%
After 2001                                           348               59.4%
                                                     ---              -----
   Total                                             586              100.0%
                                                     ===              =====

         The 1984  Cable  Act  provides,  among  other  things,  for an  orderly
franchise  renewal process in which  franchise  renewal will not be unreasonably
withheld  or, if renewal  is  withheld,  the  franchise  authority  must pay the
operator the "fair market value" for the system  covered by such  franchise.  In
addition,  the 1984 Cable Act establishes  comprehensive renewal procedures that
require that an incumbent  franchisee's  renewal  application be assessed on its
own merit and not as part of a comparative process with competing  applications.
See "--Legislation and Regulation - General."

         The Company believes that it generally has good  relationships with its
franchising  communities.  As of December 31, 1995,  no franchise of the Company
represented more than 5.0% of total subscribers of the Systems.  The Company has
a minimal amount of seasonal subscribers, the vast majority of which are located
around Kentucky Lake and Central Florida.  As the Kentucky seasonal  subscribers
are  disconnecting  about the same time the Florida  subscribers are connecting,
the effect on the Company's monthly total subscriber count is minimal.

Competition

         Cable  television  competes for  customers in local  markets with other
providers of  entertainment,  news and  information.  The  competitors  in these
markets include broadcast television and radio, newspapers,  magazines and other
printed  sources of  information  and  entertainment,  as well as satellite  and
wireless video  distribution  systems and directly  competitive cable television
operations.   Federal  law  prohibits  cities  from  granting   exclusive  cable
franchises  and from  unreasonably  refusing  to grant  additional,  competitive
franchises.  In  addition,  an  increasing  number of cities are  exploring  the
feasibility  of owning  their own cable  systems  in a manner  similar  to city-

                                       15

<PAGE>



provided utility services.  The enactment of the  Telecommunications Act of 1996
(the "1996  Telecom  Act") may initiate  more  competition  with cable  service,
because it allows local  exchange  carriers to provide  video  services in their
local service areas, in direct competition with local cable companies.

         The  Company  has no basis upon which to  estimate  the number of cable
television   companies  and  other  entities  with  which  it  competes  or  may
potentially compete.  There are a large number of individual and multiple system
cable television  operators in the United States. The full extent to which other
media or home delivery  services will compete with cable television  systems may
not be known  for some  time,  and  there can be no  assurances  that  existing,
proposed  or as yet  undeveloped  technologies  will not become  dominant in the
future.

         There are alternative methods of distributing the same or similar video
programming  offered by cable  television  systems,  although  cable  television
systems currently  account for over 91% of total  subscribership to multichannel
video programming distributors ("MVPDs").  Further, these technologies have been
encouraged by Congress and the FCC to offer services in direct  competition with
existing  cable  systems.  In addition to  broadcast  television  stations,  the
Company  competes  in a variety  of areas with  other  multichannel  programming
service  providers  on a direct  over-the-air  basis.  Multichannel  programming
services are distributed by communications satellites directly to home satellite
dishes ("HSDs") serving  residences,  private  businesses and various  nonprofit
organizations.  Cable  programmers have developed  marketing efforts directed to
HSD owners.  The Company  estimates that there are currently between 3.5 million
and 4 million  HSDs in the United  States,  most of which are in the 4 to 8 foot
range.

         A more significant competitive impact is expected from medium power and
higher power communications ("DBS') satellites that transmit signals that can be
received by dish antennas much smaller in size.  DirecTV,  Inc., a subsidiary of
GM Hughes Electronics, and United States Satellite Broadcasting Company, Inc., a
subsidiary  of  Hubbard   Broadcasting,   Inc.,   began  offering   multichannel
programming  services  in 1994 via high  power  communications  satellites  that
require a dish antenna of only approximately 18 inches. They served an estimated
900,000  subscribers  in  September  1995,  but their reach has been  increasing
rapidly and they expected  subscribership  to increase to 1.5 million by the end
of 1995.  PrimeStar  Partners,  L.P.,  a joint  venture of five  cable  multiple
systems operators and GE American Communications,  Inc., began offering a medium
power  direct-to-home  service in 1994 that  requires a dish antenna of 36 to 40
inches. It served approximately  775,000 subscribers in September 1995. EchoStar
Communications, Inc. and its affiliate, Directsat Inc., launched their first DBS
satellite  in late 1995,  and plan to offer  multichannel  programming  services
beginning  in early  1996 via high  power  communications  satellites  that also
require an 18-inch dish. AlphaStar, a Canadian DBS provider, has leased space on
a medium power  satellite and intends to offer  direct-to- home service in early
1996 that requires a 24-inch dish for reception.  Such DBS services could become
substantial  as  developments  in  technology  continue  to  increase  satellite
transmitter  power and decrease the cost and size of equipment needed to receive
these transmissions.

         DBS  has  advantages  and  disadvantages  as an  alternative  means  of
distributing  video  signals  to the  home.  Among the  advantages  are that the
capital  investment  (although  initially  high) for the satellite and uplinking
segment  of a DBS  system  is fixed  and does not  increase  with the  number of
subscribers receiving satellite transmission;  that DBS is not currently subject

                                       16

<PAGE>



to local  regulation of service or required to pay franchise  fees; and that the
capital costs for the ground segment of a DBS system (the  reception  equipment)
are directly related to and limited by the number of service subscribers.  DBS's
disadvantages  presently  include  limited  ability  to tailor  the  programming
package to the  interests of  different  geographic  markets,  such as providing
local news,  other local  origination  services  and local  broadcast  stations;
signal  reception  being  subject  to line of  sight  angles;  and  intermittent
interference  from  atmospheric  conditions and  terrestrially  generated  radio
frequency  noise.  The  effect of  competition  from  these  services  cannot be
predicted.  The  Company  nonetheless  assumes  that such  competition  could be
substantial in the near future.

         Prior to enactment of the 1996 Telecom  Act,  local  exchange  carriers
("LECs") were prohibited from offering video programming directly to subscribers
in their telephone service areas (except in limited circumstances in rural areas
or as "video-dialtone" providers, which could deliver video services to the home
over telephone-provided circuits without a local franchise).  Elimination of the
former   restrictions  on  LECs  means  that  the  Company  may  face  increased
competition from local telephone  companies  which, in most cases,  have greater
financial  resources than the Company.  All major LECs have  announced  plans to
acquire cable  television  systems or provide video services to the home through
fiber optic technology.

     The 1996 Telecom Act  eliminates  the FCC's  video-dialtone  rules,  except
where a video-  dialtone  service is  currently  in  operation.  In place of the
video-dialtone  model,  the 1996 Telecom Act provides LECs with four options for
providing video programming directly to customers in their local exchange areas.
Telephone companies may provide video programming by radio-based systems, common
carrier  systems,  "open video" systems,  or "cable systems." LECs that elect to
provide "open video"  systems must allow others to use up to two-thirds of their
activated  channel  capacity.  They will be  relived  of  regulation  as "common
carriers,"  and are not  required to obtained  local  franchises,  but are still
subject to many other regulations applicable to cable systems. LECs operating as
"cable  systems" are subject to all rules  governing  cable  systems,  including
franchising requirements. It is unclear which model LECs will ultimately choose,
but the video distribution services developed by local telephone companies could
to represent a direct competitive threat to the Company.

         The ability of local telephone companies to compete with the Company by
acquiring an existing  cable system  however,  is limited.  The 1996 Telecom Act
prohibits a LEC or its affiliate from acquiring more than a 10 percent financial
or  management  interest in any cable  operator  providing  cable service in its
telephone  service area. It further  prohibits a cable operator or its affiliate
from  acquiring more than a 10 percent  financial or management  interest in any
LEC providing  telephone exchange service in its franchise area. A LEC and cable
operator that have a telephone service area and cable franchise area in the same
market may not enter into a joint venture to provide telecommunications services
or video  programming.  There  are  exceptions  to these  limitations  for rural
facilities, very small cable systems, and small LECs in non-urban areas.

         Another  alternative method of video distribution is through the use of
multichannel multipoint distribution systems ("MMDS"), which deliver programming
services over microwave channels received by subscribers with a special antenna.
MMDS  systems are less  capital  intensive,  are not  required  to obtain  local
franchises  or  pay  franchise  fees,  and  are  subject  to  fewer   regulatory
requirements  than cable television  systems.  Although there are relatively few
MMDS  systems in the United  States that are  currently  in  operation  or under

                                       17

<PAGE>


construction,  many markets have been licensed or tentatively licensed.  The FCC
has taken a series of actions  intended to facilitate  the  development of these
"wireless cable systems" as alternative means of distributing video programming,
including  reallocating  the use of certain  frequencies  to these  services and
expanding  the  permissible  use of certain  channels  reserved for  educational
purposes.  The FCC's  actions  enable a single  entity to develop an MMDS system
with a potential of up to 35 channels,  and thus compete more  effectively  with
cable  television.  Developments in compression  technology  have  significantly
increased  the  number  of  channels  that  can be  made  available  from  other
over-the-air  technologies.  Even though limited  by line of sight and distance,
Subscribership  to MMDS  services is projected to continue over the next several
years.

         The Company  also  competes  with master  antenna  television  ("MATV")
systems and satellite master antenna television ("SMATV") systems, which provide
multichannel program services directly to hotel, motel,  apartment,  condominium
and similar  multiunit  complexes within a cable television  system's  franchise
area,  generally  free  of  any  regulation  by  state  and  local  governmental
authorities.  The 1996 Telecom Act changes the definition of a "cable system" to
include only systems that cross public rights-of-way.  Therefore,  SMATV systems
that serve  buildings that are not commonly  owned or managed,  but which do not
cross public  rights of way,  are no longer  considered  "cable  systems" and no
longer require a franchise to operate.

Legislation and Regulation-General

         The cable television  industry  currently is regulated by the FCC, some
state  governments  and most local  governments.  In addition,  legislative  and
regulatory  proposals under  consideration  by the Congress and federal agencies
may materially affect the cable television industry.  The following is a summary
of federal laws and regulations  affecting the growth and operation of the cable
television industry and a description of certain state and local laws.

         Cable  Communications  Policy  Act of 1984.  The  Cable  Communications
Policy Act of 1984 ("the 1984 Cable Act"),  which amended the Communications Act
of 1934 (the "Communications Act"), established comprehensive national standards
and guidelines for the regulation of cable television systems and identified the
boundaries of permissible federal,  state and local government  regulation.  The
FCC was charged with  responsibility  for adopting  rules to implement  the 1984
Cable  Act.  Among  other  things,  the 1984  Cable  Act  affirmed  the right of
franchising authorities (state or local, depending on the practice in individual
states) to award one or more  franchises  within  their  jurisdictions.  It also
prohibited  non-grandfathered  cable television systems from operating without a
franchise in such jurisdictions. The 1984 Cable Act provides that in granting or
renewing  franchises,  franchising  authorities may establish  requirements  for
cable-related  facilities  and  equipment,  but may  not  establish  or  enforce
requirements for video  programming or information  services other than in broad
categories.

         Cable  Television  Consumer  Protection and Competition Act of 1992. In
October 1992,  Congress  enacted the Cable  Television  Consumer  Protection and
Competition  Act of 1992 ("the 1992 Cable Act").  The 1992 Cable Act permitted a
greater  degree of regulation of the cable industry with respect to, among other
things;  (i) cable  system  rates for both basic and certain  cable  programming
services; (ii) programming access and exclusivity arrangements;  (iii) access to
cable channels by unaffiliated  programming  services;  (iv) leased access terms
and  conditions;  (v) horizontal and vertical  ownership of cable systems;  (vi)

                                       18

<PAGE>


customer and service  requirements;  (vii) television  broadcast signal carriage
and retransmission consent; (viii) technical standards; and (ix) cable equipment
compatibility.   Additionally,   the  legislation  encouraged  competition  with
existing cable television systems by allowing  municipalities to own and operate
their own cable television systems without a franchise,  preventing  franchising
authorities from granting exclusive franchises or unreasonably refusing to award
additional  franchises  covering an existing  cable  system's  service area, and
prohibiting  the common  ownership of cable systems and co-located MMDS or SMATV
systems.  The 1992 Cable Act also precluded  video  programmers  affiliated with
cable  television  companies from favoring cable operators over  competitors and
required such programmers to sell their programming to other  multichannel video
distributors.  The  legislation  required  the  FCC  to  initiate  a  number  of
rulemaking  proceedings  to implement  various  provisions  of the statute,  the
majority of which have been completed.

         Various  cable  operators  have  challenged  the  constitutionality  of
several  sections of the 1992 Cable Act,  although  the courts have  disposed of
most of these  challenges.  In April  1993,  a three-  judge panel of the United
States  District  Court for the District of Columbia  upheld the  constitutional
validity of the  must-carry  provisions of the 1992 Cable Act. That decision was
appealed directly to the United States Supreme Court, which vacated the decision
in June 1994 and remanded it to the three-judge  panel to determine  whether the
must-carry  rules  were  necessary  to  preserve  the  economic  health  of  the
broadcasting  industry.  The  three-judge  panel found in December 1995 that the
must-  carry  rules  were  necessary  to  preserve  the  economic  health of the
broadcasting  industry,  and upheld the must-carry  rules. In February 1996, the
United States Supreme Court agreed to review the District Court's decision.  The
must-carry  rules will remain in place  during the  pendency of the  proceedings
before the United States Supreme Court.

         In June 1995,  the United  States  Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia  Circuit  determined  that the  provision  of the 1992  Cable Act which
allows cable television operators to prohibit indecent or obscene programming on
leased access channels and public, educational, and governmental access channels
does not violate the First  Amendment.  The United States  Supreme Court granted
certiorari  and heard oral  arguments in February  1996. The Court will issue an
opinion by the summer of 1996.

         Telecommunications   Act  of   1996.   On   February   8,   1996,   the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("the 1996 Telecom Act") was enacted. Some of the
provisions  of the 1996  Telecom  Act became  effective  immediately,  but other
provisions  will not take effect  until they are  implemented  by the FCC.  This
legislation  reverses much of the cable rate regulation  established by the 1992
Cable Act over a  three-year  period.  The rates for cable  programming  service
("CPS " or  "non-basic")  tiers offered by small cable  operators in small cable
systems are  deregulated  immediately.  The FCC's  authority to regulate the CPS
tier rates of all other  cable  operators  will  expire on March 31,  1999.  The
legislation also (i) eliminates the uniform rate  requirements of the 1992 Cable
Act where  effective  competition  exists;  (ii)  repeals  the  anti-trafficking
provisions  of the 1992  Cable  Act;  (iii)  limits  the  rights of  franchising
authorities  to  require  certain  technology  and  prohibit  or  condition  the
provision of  telecommunications  services by the cable operator;  (iv) requires
cable  operators  to  fully  block  or  scramble  both the  audio  and  video on
sexually-explicit  or indecent  programming or channels  primarily  dedicated to
sexually-oriented  programming;  (v) allows  cable  operators to refuse to carry
access programs containing  "obscenity,  indecency or nudity";  (vi) adjusts the
pole   attachment   laws;   and   (vii)   allows   cable   operators   to  enter

                                       19

<PAGE>



telecommunications  markets which  historically  have been closed to them, while
also allowing some  telecommunications  providers to begin providing competitive
cable service in their local service areas.

         Cable  programmers  have  challenged  the   constitutionality   of  the
provision  of the  1996  Telecom  Act  requiring  cable  operators  to  scramble
sexually-explicit  or indecent adult  programming in the United States  District
Court of the  District  of  Delaware.  On  March 7,  1996,  the  Court  issued a
temporary  restraining  order against  enforcement of the  provisions  until the
challenge can be heard by a three-judge court.

Federal Regulation

         The FCC is the principal  federal  regulatory  agency with jurisdiction
over cable  television.  The FCC has  promulgated  regulations  covering a broad
variety of areas, and is required to adopt  additional  regulations or repeal or
modify  existing  regulations  to  implement  the 1996  Telecom Act. The FCC may
enforce its regulations  through the imposition of fines,  the issuance of cease
and desist orders and/or the imposition of other administrative  sanctions, such
as the  revocation  of FCC  licenses  needed  to  operate  certain  transmission
facilities  often used in connection with cable  operations.  A brief summary of
certain federal regulations follows.

         Rate Regulation.  Prior to  implementation  of the 1992 Cable Act, most
cable   systems  were  largely  free  to  adjust  cable  service  rates  without
governmental approval. The 1992 Cable Act authorized rate regulation for certain
cable communications  services and equipment in communities that are not subject
to  "effective  competition."  The 1992  Cable Act  requires  the FCC to resolve
complaints  about rates for non-basic cable  programming  services and to reduce
any such rates  found to be  unreasonable.  It also  limits the  ability of many
cable systems to raise rates for basic and certain  non-basic cable  programming
services (collectively,  the "Regulated Services").  Cable services offered on a
per channel or on a per  program  basis are not  subject to rate  regulation  by
either franchising  authorities or the FCC.  Notwithstanding the above, the 1996
Telecom Act immediately deregulates the CPS rates of "small cable operators" and
will deregulate the CPS rates of all other cable operators by March 31, 1999.

         The 1992 Cable Act requires  communities to certify with the FCC before
regulating basic cable rates.  Upon  certification,  the local community obtains
the right to approve basic rates.  Certified  franchising  authorities  are also
empowered  to  regulate  rates  charged  for  additional  outlets  and  for  the
installation,  lease,  and sale of  equipment  used by  customers to receive the
basic service tier,  such as converter  boxes and remote  control  units.  These
equipment  rates  must be based on actual  cost  plus a  reasonable  profit,  as
defined by the FCC. Cable operators may be required to refund  overcharges  with
interest.  The 1992 Cable Act permits  communities to certify at any time, so it
is possible that the Company's franchising  authorities may choose in the future
to certify to regulate the  Company's  basic  rates.  FCC review of CPS rates is
triggered by  franchising  authority  complaints  filed within 45 days of a rate
increase.

         The  FCC's  rate  regulations  do not  apply  where  a  cable  operator
demonstrates that it is subject to "effective competition." Under the 1992 Cable
Act, a system is subject to  effective  competition  where (i) fewer than 30% of
the  households in the franchise  area subscribe to the cable service of a cable
system;  (ii)  the  franchise  area  is  served  by at  least  two  unaffiliated

                                       20

<PAGE>



multichannel  video  programming  distributors  ("MVPDs")  each of which  offers
comparable video  programming to at least 50% of the households in the franchise
area and the number of households subscribing to programming services offered by
the MVPDs other than the largest  MVPDs  exceeds  15% of the  households  in the
franchise  area; or (iii) a MVPD operated by the  franchising  authority  offers
video  programming to at least 50% of the households in the franchise  area. The
1996 Telecom Act also  provides  that  effective  competition  exists if a local
exchange carrier provides video programming in the franchise area.

         In  implementing  the 1992  Cable  Act,  the FCC  adopted  a  benchmark
methodology as the principal method of regulating rates for Regulated  Services.
Cable  operators with rates above the allowable  level under the FCC's benchmark
methodology   may  attempt  to  justify  such  rates  using  a   cost-of-service
methodology. The FCC has instituted rate relief for small cable operators. Cable
operators with fewer than 400,000 nationwide  subscribers are eligible to file a
streamlined  cost-of-  service  analysis to justify their  per-channel  rates in
those systems serving 15,000 or fewer  subscribers.  Per-channel rates that fall
below a prescribed benchmark are presumed reasonable.

         The 1992 Cable Act also requires  cable systems to permit  customers to
purchase  video  programming  offered by the  operator on a per channel or a per
program basis without the necessity of subscribing to any tier of service, other
than the basic service tier,  unless the system's lack of addressable  converter
boxes or  other  technological  limitations  does not  permit  it to do so.  The
statutory  exemption  for  cable  systems  that do not  have  the  technological
capability  to offer  programming  in the  manner  required  by the  statute  is
available  until a system obtains such  capability,  but not later than December
2002.  Systems  facing  effective  competition  are  not  subject  to  the  tier
buy-through prohibition.

         The 1996 Telecom Act deregulates  immediately CPS rates for small cable
operators that have less than 50,000 subscribers in the franchise area. A "small
operator" is an operator that, with its  affiliates,  serves less than 1% of all
subscribers  in  the  United  States  (about  600,000  subscribers)  and  is not
affiliated with entities with annual  aggregate gross revenues of more than $250
million. Rates for basic service continue to be regulated,  however,  unless the
system had a single  regulated tier as of December 31, 1994. For all other cable
systems,  the FCC's rate  regulation  authority  for CPS tiers expires March 31,
1999. Rates for basic tiers will continue to be subject to regulation.

         The 1996 Telecom Act allows cable  operators to pass through  franchise
fees and  regulatory  fees to subscribers  without any prior notice.  Notices of
other rate changes may be given by any reasonable  written  means,  at the cable
operator's "sole discretion." Bulk discounts for multi-dwelling  units no longer
must meet any uniform  rate  requirement.  A cable  operator  need not  maintain
uniform rates throughout a franchise area where there is effective  competition.
In addition, franchising authorities may not file complaints with the FCC unless
they have actually received subscriber complaints.

         Carriage  of  Broadcast   Television   Signals.   The  1992  Cable  Act
established  new  signal  carriage   requirements.   These   requirements  allow
commercial television broadcast stations which are "local" to a cable system, to
elect  every  three  years  whether  to  require  the cable  system to carry the
station,  subject to certain exceptions,  or whether to require the cable system
to  negotiate  for  "retransmission  consent"  to carry the  station.  The first

                                       21

<PAGE>



must-carry/retransmission  consent  elections  were made in June 1993.  The next
elections will be made in October 1996. Stations are generally  considered local
to a cable system where the system is located in the station's  Area of Dominant
Influence  ("ADI"),  as  determined  by  Arbitron.  This method for  determining
whether a station  is local to a cable  system may change  because  Arbitron  no
longer  updates ADIs and the 1996 Telecom Act requires the FCC to use commercial
publications  which delineate markets based on viewing  patterns.  Cable systems
must obtain retransmission  consent for the carriage of all "distant" commercial
broadcast  stations,   except  for  certain  "superstations"  (i.e.,  commercial
satellite-delivered  independent stations such as WTBS). All commercial stations
entitled  to  carriage  were  to  have  been  carried  by  June  1993,  and  any
non-must-carry  stations  (other than  superstations)  for which  retransmission
consent had not been obtained  could no longer be carried after October 5, 1993.
The Company carries some stations  pursuant to must-carry and others pursuant to
retransmission  consent  agreements.  In some cases, the Company agreed to carry
additional services, like FX, pursuant to retransmission consent agreements.

         Local  non-commercial  television  stations  are also  given  mandatory
carriage  rights,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  within the larger of (i) a
50-mile radius of the station's city of license;  or (ii) the station's  Grade B
contour (a measure of signal  strength).  Non-commercial  stations are not given
the option to negotiate for retransmission  consent. All non-commercial stations
entitled to carriage were to have been carried by December 1992.

         Nonduplication of Network  Programming.  Cable television  systems that
have  1,000 or more  customers  must,  upon the  appropriate  request of a local
television  station,  delete or "black out" the simultaneous or  nonsimultaneous
network  programming  of a  distant  station  when the  local  station  also has
contracted for such programming on an exclusive basis.

         Deletion of Syndicated Programming.  Cable television systems that have
1,000  or  more  subscribers  must,  upon  the  appropriate  request  of a local
television  station,  delete or "black out" the simultaneous or  nonsimultaneous
syndicated  programming  of a distant  station  when the local  station also has
contracted for such programming on an exclusive basis.

         Registration Procedures and Reporting Requirements. Prior to commencing
operation in a particular  community,  all cable television  systems must file a
registration  statement  with the FCC listing the  broadcast  signals  they will
carry and certain other information.  Additionally, cable operators periodically
are required to file various informational reports with the FCC. Cable operators
that operate in certain  frequency bands are required on an annual basis to file
the results of their periodic cumulative leakage testing measurements. Operators
that  fail to make this  filing or who  exceed  the FCC's  allowable  cumulative
leakage index risk being  prohibited  from operating in those frequency bands in
addition to other sanctions.

         Technical  Requirements.  Historically,  the FCC has imposed  technical
standards  applicable  to the cable  channels on which  broadcast  stations  are
carried,  and has prohibited  franchising  authorities  from adopting  standards
which were in conflict with or more  restrictive  than those  established by the
FCC. The FCC has applied its  standards  to all classes of channels  which carry
downstream National Television System Committee ("NTSC") video programming.  The
FCC also has adopted  standards  applicable  to cable  television  systems using
frequencies in the 108-137 MHZ and 225-400 MHZ bands in order to prevent harmful
interference with cable system signal leakage.

                                       22

<PAGE>



The 1992  Cable  Act  requires  the FCC to  update  periodically  its  technical
standards.  The 1996 Telecom Act requires  that  minimal  regulations  to assure
compatibility among televisions,  VCRs and cable systems,  leaving all features,
functions, protocols and other product and service options for selection through
open  competition in the market.  The 1996 Telecom Act also prohibits  States or
franchising  authorities from  prohibiting,  conditioning or restricting a cable
system's use of any type of subscriber equipment or transmission technology.

         Franchise  Authority.   The  1984  Cable  Act  affirmed  the  right  of
franchising authorities (the cities in which the Company provides cable service)
to award  one or more  franchises  within  their  jurisdictions  and  prohibited
non-grandfathered  cable  systems  from  operating  without a franchise  in such
jurisdictions.  The Company's  affiliates hold cable  franchises in all areas in
which they provide service where cable  franchises are required.  The 1992 Cable
Act  encouraged   competition  with  existing  cable  systems  by  (i)  allowing
municipalities  to operate  their own cable  systems  without  franchises;  (ii)
preventing  franchising  authorities from granting exclusive  franchises or from
unreasonably  refusing to award additional franchises covering an existing cable
system's  service area;  and (iii)  prohibiting  (with limited  exceptions)  the
common  ownership  of  cable  systems  and  co-located  multichannel  multipoint
distribution  service ("MMDS") or satellite master antenna television  ("SMATV")
systems (a  prohibition  which is limited  by the 1996  Telecom  Act to cases in
which the cable operator is not subject to effective competition).

         The  1996  Telecom  Act  exempts  from  franchise   requirements  those
telecommunications  services  provided  by a cable  operator  or its  affiliate.
Franchise   authorities   may  not   require  a  cable   operator   to   provide
telecommunications service or facilities,  other than institutional networks, as
a condition of franchise  grant,  renewal,  or  transfer.  Similarly,  franchise
authorities may not impose any conditions on the provision of such service.

         Franchise Fees. Although  franchising  authorities may impose franchise
fees  under the 1984  Cable Act,  as  modified  by the 1996  Telecom  Act,  such
payments cannot exceed 5% of a cable system's annual gross revenues derived from
the  operation of the cable system to provide  cable  services.  Franchise  fees
apply only to revenues for cable services. Franchising authorities are permitted
to charge a fee for any telecommunications providers' use of public right-of-way
"on a competitively neutral and nondiscriminatory basis."

         Franchise  Renewal.  The 1984 Cable Act established  renewal procedures
and criteria designed to protect incumbent  franchises against arbitrary denials
of renewal.  These formal  procedures  are mandatory  only if timely  invoked by
either the cable operator or the  franchising  authority.  Even after the formal
renewal  procedures are invoked,  franchising  authorities  and cable  operators
remain free to  negotiate a renewal  outside the formal  process.  Although  the
procedures provide substantial protection to incumbent  franchisees,  renewal is
by no means assured,  as the franchisee must meet certain  statutory  standards.
Even if a franchise is renewed, a franchising  authority may impose new and more
onerous  requirements such as upgrading  facilities and equipment,  although the
municipality must take into account the cost of meeting such requirements.

         The 1992 Cable Act made several  changes to the process  which may make
it easier in some cases for a franchising  authority to deny renewal.  The cable
operator's timely request to commence renewal proceedings must be in writing and


                                       23

<PAGE>



the franchising  authority must commence renewal  proceedings not later than six
months after receipt of such notice.  Within a four-month  period beginning with
the submission of the renewal  proposal the franchising  authority must grant or
deny  the  renewal.   Franchising   authorities  may  consider  the  "level"  of
programming  service  provided by a cable operator in deciding whether to renew.
Franchising  authorities  are no longer  precluded from denying renewal based on
failure to  substantially  comply with the material terms of the franchise where
the franchising authority has "effectively  acquiesced" to such past violations.
Rather,  the  franchising  authority is estopped only if, after giving the cable
operator  notice and  opportunity to cure,  the authority  fails to respond to a
written  notice from the cable  operator of its  failure or  inability  to cure.
Courts may not reverse a denial of renewal based on procedural  violations found
to be "harmless error."

         Channel  Set-Asides.  The 1984  Cable  Act  permits  local  franchising
authorities to require cable operators to set aside certain channels for public,
educational  and  governmental  access  programming.  The 1984 Cable Act further
requires  cable  television  systems  with  36 or  more  activated  channels  to
designate a portion of their channel  capacity for  commercial  leased access by
unaffiliated  third parties.  The 1992 Cable Act requires leased access rates to
be set according to an FCC-prescribed  formula.  The 1996 Telecom Act explicitly
gives cable  operators  the right to refuse to carry any public access or leased
access program containing "obscenity, indecency, or nudity."

         Ownership.   The  1996  Telecom  Act  eliminates  the  1984  Cable  Act
provisions  prohibiting  local exchange  carriers  ("LECs") from providing video
programming  directly to customers within their local exchange telephone service
areas, except in rural areas or by specific waiver.  Under the 1996 Telecom Act,
LECs may provide  video  programming  by  radio-based  systems,  common  carrier
systems,  "open video" systems,  or "cable  systems." LECs that elect to provide
"open  video"  systems  must  allow  others  to use up to  two-thirds  of  their
activated  channel  capacity.  These LECs are relieved of  regulation as "common
carriers,"  and are not  required  to  obtain  local  franchises,  but are still
subject to many other regulations applicable to cable systems. LECs operating as
"cable  systems" are subject to all rules  governing  cable  systems,  including
franchising requirements.

         The 1996 Telecom Act  prohibits a LEC or its affiliate  from  acquiring
more than a 10 percent  financial or management  interest in any cable  operator
providing cable service in its telephone service area. It also prohibits a cable
operator or its affiliate  from  acquiring  more than a 10 percent  financial or
management  interest  in any LEC  providing  telephone  exchange  service in its
franchise area. A LEC and cable operator whose telephone  service area and cable
franchise  area are in the same  market  may not enter  into a joint  venture to
provide telecommunications  services or video programming.  There are exceptions
to these limitations for rural facilities,  very small cable systems,  and small
LECs in non-urban areas.

         The 1984 Cable Act and the FCC's rules  prohibit the common  ownership,
operation,  control  or  interest  in a  cable  system  and a  local  television
broadcast  station  whose  predicted  Grade B contour  covers any portion of the
community  served  by the  cable  system.  The 1996  Telecom  Act  repeals  this
statutory restriction on broadcast-cable  cross-ownership,  but does not require
the FCC to repeal its  cross-ownership  rule.  Nevertheless,  the FCC intends to
review this rule by the end of the fourth  quarter of 1996. The 1996 Telecom Act
also eliminates the FCC's restriction against the ownership or control of both a
broadcast  network  and  cable  system,  but it  authorizes  the  FCC  to  adopt
regulations    which   will   ensure   carriage,    channel    positioning   and
nondiscriminatory  treatment  of  non-affiliated  broadcast  stations  by  cable
systems which are owned by a broadcast network.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         The 1992 Cable Act prohibits the common ownership, affiliation, control
or interest in cable  television  systems and MMDS  facilities  or SMATV systems
with overlapping service areas. However, a cable system may acquire a co-located
SMATV system if it provides cable service to the SMATV system in accordance with
the terms of its cable television franchise.  The 1996 Telecom Act provides that
these  rules shall not apply  where the cable  operator is subject to  effective
competition.

         Pursuant  to the 1992  Cable  Act,  the FCC has  imposed  limits on the
number of cable  systems a single cable  operator may own. In general,  no cable
operator may hold an attributable interest in cable systems which pass more than
30% of all homes nationwide.  Attributable  interests for these purposes include
voting  interests of 5% or more (unless  there is another  single holder of more
than  50%  of  the  voting  stock),  officerships,   directorships  and  general
partnership interests.

         Equal Employment Opportunity. The 1984 Cable Act includes provisions to
ensure that  minorities  and women are provided Equal  Employment  Opportunities
("EEO") within the cable television industry.  The FCC has adopted reporting and
certification rules that apply to all cable system operators with more than five
full-time  employees.  Failure to comply with the EEO requirements can result in
the  imposition  of fines  and/or  other  administrative  sanctions,  or may, in
certain  circumstances,  be cited by a  franchising  authority  as a reason  for
denying a franchisee's renewal request.

         Privacy.  The 1984 Cable Act  imposes a number of  restrictions  on the
manner in which cable  system  operators  can collect  and  disclose  data about
individual system customers.  The statute also requires that the system operator
periodically  provide all customers with written  information about its policies
regarding the  collection  and handling of data about  customers,  their privacy
rights under federal law and their enforcement rights. In the event that a cable
operator is found to have violated the customer  privacy  provisions of the 1984
Cable Act, it could be required to pay damages, attorneys' fees and other costs.
Under the 1992 Cable Act, the privacy  requirements  are strengthened to require
that cable operators take such actions as are necessary to prevent  unauthorized
access to personally identifiable information.

         Anti-Trafficking.   The  1996   Telecom   Act   repeals   most  of  the
anti-trafficking  restrictions  imposed by the 1992 Cable Act, which prevented a
cable operator from selling or  transferring  ownership of a cable system within
36 months of  acquisition.  However,  a local  franchise may still require prior
approval  of a  transfer  or  sale.  The 1992  Cable  Act  requires  franchising
authorities to act on a franchise transfer request within 120 days after receipt
of all information  required by FCC  regulations and the franchising  authority.
Approval is deemed granted if the franchising authority fails to act within such
period.

         Copyright.  Cable television  systems are subject to federal  copyright
licensing  covering  carriage  of  broadcast  signals.  In  exchange  for making
semi-annual  payments to a federal  copyright  royalty pool and meeting  certain
other  obligations,  cable  operators  obtain a statutory  license to retransmit
broadcast  signals.  The amount of the royalty payment varies,  depending on the
amount of system  revenues from certain  sources,  the number of distant signals

                                       25

<PAGE>



carried,  and the  location  of the cable  system with  respect to  over-the-air
television  stations.  Cable  operators are liable for interest on underpaid and
unpaid  royalty  fees,  but are not  entitled  to  collect  interest  on refunds
received for  overpayment of copyright  fees.  Adjustments in copyright  royalty
rates  are now  made  through  an  arbitration  process  supervised  by the U.S.
Copyright Office.

         Various  bills have been  introduced  in Congress  in the past  several
years that would eliminate or modify the cable  television  compulsory  license.
Without the compulsory  license,  cable operators might need to negotiate rights
from the copyright owners for each program carried on each broadcast  station in
the channel line-up.

         Copyright music performed in programming  supplied to cable  television
systems by pay cable networks (such as HBO) and cable programming networks (such
as USA Network) has  generally  been  licensed by the networks  through  private
agreements with the American  Society of Composers and Publishers  ("ASCAP") and
BMI, Inc. ("BMI"),  the two major performing rights  organizations in the United
States.  ASCAP and BMI  offer  "through  to the  viewer"  licenses  to the cable
networks which cover the  retransmission  of the cable networks'  programming by
cable television systems to their subscribers.

         Regulatory Fees and Other Matters.  The FCC requires  payment of annual
"regulatory  fees" by the various  industries it regulates,  including the cable
television  industry.  In 1995,  cable  television  systems were required to pay
regulatory fees of $0.49 per subscriber.  Per-subscriber  regulatory fees may be
passed on to subscribers as "external cost" adjustments to rates for basic cable
service.  Fees are also assessed for other FCC licenses,  including licenses for
business  radio,  cable  television  relay systems  ("CARS") and earth stations.
These fees,  however,  may not be collected directly from subscribers as long as
the FCC's rate regulations remain applicable to the cable system.

         In December  1994,  the FCC adopted new cable  television and broadcast
technical  standards to support a new Emergency  Alert System.  Cable  operators
must install and activate  equipment  necessary to implement  the new  Emergency
Broadcast System by July 1, 1997.

         FCC regulations also address the carriage of local sports  programming;
restrictions  on  origination  and  cablecasting  by  cable  system   operators;
application  of the  rules  governing  political  broadcasts;  customer  service
standards;  home wiring and limitations on advertising contained in nonbroadcast
children's programming.

         Telecommunications  Regulation.  The 1996 Telecom Act has substantially
revised  communications  regulation in the United  States.  The  legislation  is
intended  to  allow  providers  to  enter   communications   markets  that  have
historically been closed to them as a result of legal  restrictions,  as well as
practical and economic considerations.  At the same time,  implementation of the
1996 Telecom Act may leave  incumbent  providers in  previously  closed  markets
sufficiently free from regulation that they will be able to defend their markets
aggressively.  The Company is unable to predict  the outcome of the  proceedings
that will implement the legislation.

         For  example,   the  1996  Telecom  Act   establishes   local  exchange
competition as a national policy by preempting laws that prohibit competition in
the local exchange and by establishing  uniform  requirements  and standards for

                                       26

<PAGE>



interconnection,  unbundling and resale.  These  standards will be developed and
implemented  by the FCC in conjunction  with the states in numerous  proceedings
and through a process of negotiation and arbitration.  By establishing  national
standards  for  interconnection,  unbundling,  and resale of  competitive  local
exchange  services,  the 1996 Telecom Act  significantly  enhances the Company's
opportunity to enter this market.

         At the same time, the Company's  ability to compete in offering certain
services  may be  adversely  affected,  depending  on the  degree  and  form  of
regulatory  flexibility  ultimately  afforded LECs by the FCC and the states, as
well  as on  the  pricing  scope  and  applicability  of  these  interconnection
requirements.  In addition, if the Company offers local exchange services within
the meaning of the 1996 Telecom Act, other service  providers may take advantage
of the  interconnection  duty to require the  Company to use its local  exchange
facilities to carry their customer traffic.

         The 1996  Telecom Act also opens the way for Bell  operating  companies
("BOCs")  and their  affiliates  to  provide  long  distance  telecommunications
services between a local access and transport area and points outside that area.
Prior to the Act, BOCs were generally  prohibited from offering such "interLATA"
services.  Under the 1996 Telecom Act such services may be offered  outside of a
BOC's  local  exchange  service  states  immediately.  BOCs may offer  interLATA
services inside such states  (in-region) when the FCC determines either that the
BOC is providing  access and  interconnection  to a competent  exchange  service
provider under a state-approved agreement or that no such provider has requested
such access and interconnection within ten months after enactment, and the state
has  approved  the  BOC's   general   terms  for   providing   such  access  and
interconnection.  In either case,  the FCC also must  conclude  that the BOC has
satisfied a "competitive  checklist" of  interconnection  and other requirements
specified  in the 1996  Telecom  Act. If the Company  decides  itself to provide
interLATA service,  it will likely face vigorous  competition from BOC entrants,
as well as from existing long distance carriers.

         Telecommunications  common carriers  subject to the jurisdiction of the
FCC generally  must file tariffs  detailing the prices,  terms and conditions of
services  whether the terms  offered by the carrier  are just,  reasonable,  and
nondiscriminatory.  The 1996 Telecom Act provides that the FCC, in response to a
petition from a carrier,  shall forbear from  enforcing  regulations,  including
those  requiring  tariffs,  if the FCC  determines  that (1)  enforcement of the
regulations is not necessary to ensure that  carriers'  terms are reasonable and
nondiscriminatory;  (2)  enforcement of the regulations is not necessary for the
protection of consumers;  and (3)  forbearance  from applying the regulations is
consistent  with the public interest and, in particular,  that such  forbearance
would promote competition. The FCC may take action under these provisions of the
Act to reduce or eliminate  tariff filing and other  requirements.  Such actions
could free the Company  from  regulatory  burdens,  but might also  increase the
pricing flexibility of its competitors.

         State and Local  Regulation.  Cable  systems  are  subject to state and
local regulation,  typically  imposed through the franchising  process because a
cable  television  system  uses  local  streets  and  rights-of-way.  Regulatory
responsibility  for  essentially  local  aspects of the cable  business  such as
franchisee  selection,  billing practices,  system design and construction,  and
safety and consumer protection remains with either state or local officials and,
in some jurisdictions, with both.

         Cable   television   systems   generally   are  operated   pursuant  to
nonexclusive franchises,  permits or licenses granted by a municipality or other

                                       27

<PAGE>



state or local  government  entity.  Franchises  generally are granted for fixed
terms  and  in  many  cases  are  terminable  for  noncompliance  with  material
provisions.  The  terms  and  conditions  of  franchises  vary  materially  from
jurisdiction  to  jurisdiction.  Each franchise  generally  contains  provisions
governing  cable  service  rates,   franchise  fees,   franchise  term,   system
construction and maintenance  obligations,  system channel capacity,  design and
technical  performance,  customer service standards,  franchise renewal, sale or
transfer of the franchise,  territory of the franchisee,  indemnification of the
franchising  authority,  use and occupancy of public  streets and types of cable
services  provided.  State and local franchising  jurisdiction must be exercised
consistently with federal law.

Employees

         At December  31,  1995,  the Company had  approximately  251  full-time
employees and 44 part-time  employees,  none of whom are subject to a collective
bargaining agreement.  The Company considers its relations with its employees to
be excellent. In addition, Galaxy Management employs 26 people who are dedicated
primarily to servicing the Company.

<PAGE>

   Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
              Results of Operations.

Introduction

     On  December  23,  1994,  the  Company  commenced  operations.  The Company
acquired certain cable television systems of Galaxy Cablevision,  Vantage Cable,
Vista Communications and Chartwell Cable on December 23, 1994, and certain other
cable  systems of Galaxy  Cablevision,  L.P. on March 31,  1995,  for  aggregate
consideration  of  $98.8  million.   The  following  discussion  of  results  of
operations  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1993  and 1994 is based on the
combined  historical  results  of  operations  for  the  Initial  Systems.   The
discussion  of the results of operations  for the years ended  December 31, 1994
and December 31, 1995 is based on the combined historical financial data for the
Initial Systems adjusted to give historical pro forma effect to management fees,
depreciation and amortization,  interest expense and debt issue costs that would
have been  incurred  if the Initial  Systems had been  acquired as of January 1,
1994.  The  combined  results  of  operations  of the  Initial  Systems  and the
historical  pro forma  results of  operations  of the Company do not reflect any
changes in the operation or  management of the Initial  Systems that the Company
has made or intends to make and are not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations  that would have been achieved had the Initial Systems been owned and
operated by the Company during the periods presented.

Results of Operations

Overview

         In each of the past three years,  the Initial  Systems  have  generated
substantially  all of their  revenues  from  monthly  customer  fees for  basic,
premium and other  services (such as the rental of converters and remote control
devices)  and  from  installation  charges.  Minimal  additional  revenues  were
generated from the sale of advertising and from home shopping networks.

         The Initial Systems have generated increases in revenues in each of the
past three fiscal years. This growth was accomplished primarily through internal
subscriber  growth.  Except for  fiscal  year 1993 to fiscal  year  1994,  total
systems operations  expenses and selling,  general and  administrative  expenses
have increased, but at a lower rate than revenues.  Although the Company expects
to experience  increases in programming expenses for the foreseeable future, the
Company  believes  it  will  be  able,  under  the  FCC's  existing  cable  rate
regulations,  to increase its rates for cable  services to recover  increases in
the costs of programming to the extent such increases exceed the general rate of
inflation.  The high level of depreciation and amortization  associated with the
acquisitions  and capital  expenditures  related to continued  construction  and
upgrading of the Initial  Systems,  together with interest  costs related to the
Company's  and the prior  owners'  financing  activities,  have caused the prior
owners of the Initial Systems and the Company to report net losses.  The Company
believes that such net losses are common for cable television companies.

     The following table sets forth for the periods  indicated certain statement
of operations  items expressed in dollar amounts (in thousands) and a percentage
of total revenues from continuing operations on a combined historical basis.

                                       30

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Year Ended December 31,
                            --------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1993                  1994(a)                1995                 1994(b)              1995(b)
                            ------------------    ------------------    ------------------    ------------------
- ----------------

                                        % of                  % of                  % of                  % of                % of
                            Amount    Revenues    Amount    Revenues    Amount    Revenues    Amount   Revenues    Amount  Revenues
                            ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------   --------    ------
- --------
<S>                    <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
Statement of
  Operations Data:
Revenues ..............   $ 27,285      100.0%  $ 27,694      100.0%  $ 29,995      100.0%  $ 55,438     100.0%  $ 57,459   100.0%
Operating Expenses:
  System Operations ...      9,938       36.4%    10,599       38.3%    13,219       44.1%    21,791      39.3%    24,531    42.7%
  Selling, general
     and administrative      4,722       17.3%     5,335       19.3%     3,681       12.3%     9,283      16.7%     7,546    13.1%
  Management fees .....      1,320        4.8%     1,523        5.5%     1,605        5.4%     2,492       4.5%     2,582     4.5%
  Depreciation and
     amortization .....     15,681       57.5%     9,498       34.3%    10,206       33.9%    18,702      33.7%    19,105    33.3%

  Total operating
     expenses .........     31,661      116.0%    26,955       97.3%    28,711       95.7%    52,268      94.2%    53,764    93.6%

Operating income (loss)     (4,376)     (16.0%)      739        2.7%     1,284        4.3%     3,170       5.8%     3,695     6.4%
  Interest expense ....     (6,229)     (22.8%)   (7,697)     (27.8%)  (10,442)     (34.8%)  (18,718)     (33.8%)  (18,813)  (32.7%)
  Other income
     (expense) ........         37        0.1%      (242)      (0.9%)      608        2.0%      (263)      (0.5%)  (10)   00

Net Loss ..............   $(10,568)     (38.7%) $ (7,200)     (26.0%) $ (8,550)     (28.5%) $(15,811)     (28.5%) $(15,128)  (26.3%)

EBITDA ................   $ 11,305       41.4%  $ 10,237       37.0%  $ 11,490       38.3%  $ 21,872       39.5%  $ 22,800    39.7%
<FN>
(a)      Reflects the combined historical financial data for the Initial Systems adjusted to give historical pro forma effect to
         management  fees, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and debt issue costs that would have been incurred if
         the acquisitions of the Initial Systems had occurred as of January 1, 1994.

(b)      Reflects the combined historical financial data for the Current Systems adjusted to give historical pro forma effect to
         management  fees, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and debt issue costs that would have been incurred if
         the acquisitions of the Current Systems had occurred as of January 1, 1994.
</FN>
</TABLE>
Pro Forma Fiscal 1995 Compared to Pro Forma Fiscal 1994

         Revenues  increased 3.6%, or  approximately  $2.0 million,  from fiscal
1994  to  fiscal  1995.  The  increase  in  revenues  resulted   primarily  from
inflationary  rate increases in the Friendship  systems and a few of the Douglas
systems.  Rates were also  increased in the Initial  Systems that  requested The
Disney Channel be placed on basic service.

         Systems  operations  expenses  increased 12.6%, or  approximately  $2.7
million,  from  fiscal  1994 to fiscal  1995.  The  growth in  expenses  was due
primarily to increases in  programming  and other  subscriber  related  expenses
which typically vary with revenues and the increased number of channels carried.
Systems operations expenses,  as a percentage of revenues,  increased from 39.3%
in 1994 to 42.7% in 1995.

         Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  18.7%,  or
approximately $1.7 million, from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995. Selling general and
administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenues, decreased to 13.1% in 1995
from 16.7% in 1994.  The  decrease was due  primarily to reduced  administrative
costs  due to the  closing  of  certain  offices  in  acquired  systems  and the
economies of scale that  resulted  from folding the  acquisitions  into existing
operating management and facilities.

                                       31

<PAGE>


     Management fees increased 3.6%, or approximately $0.1 million,  from fiscal
1994 to fiscal 1995. The increase was proportionate to the increase in revenue.

         Depreciation and amortization  expense increased 2.2%, or approximately
$0.4 million,  from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995.  Depreciation  and  amortization
decreased from 33.7% of revenues in 1994 to 33.3% of revenues in 1995.

         Interest expense  increased 0.5%, or approximately  $0.1 million,  from
fiscal 1994 to fiscal  1995.  Interest  expense,  as a  percentage  of revenues,
decreased  from 33.8% in 1994 to 32.7% in 1995 because of lower  interest  rates
for Bank Debt in the last half of 1995.

         Other  income  (expense)  varied by  $253,000  between  fiscal 1994 and
fiscal 1995.

         The prior owners of the Initial  Systems as separate  entities  paid no
income  taxes,  although they were required to file federal and state income tax
returns for  informational  purposes  only. All income or loss flowed through to
the  partners  of  such  entities  as  specified  in the  governing  partnership
agreements.

         Net loss decreased  4.3%, or  approximately  $0.7 million,  from fiscal
1994 to fiscal  1995,  primarily  as a result of the  increases  in revenues and
changes in expenses as described  above.  As a percentage of revenues,  net loss
decreased from 28.5% in 1994 to 26.3% in 1995.

     EBITDA increased 4.2%, or approximately  $0.9 million,  from fiscal 1994 to
fiscal 1995,  due  primarily to the  increase in  revenues.  As a percentage  of
revenues,  EBITDA increased from 39.5% in 1994 to 39.7% in 1995,  primarily as a
result of the decrease in selling,  general and administrative expense partially
offset  by the  increase  of  systems  operations  expense  as a  percentage  of
revenues. EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes,
depreciation  and  amortization,  and  other  income  (expense).  EBITDA  is not
presented in accordance  with GAAP and should not be  considered an  alternative
to, or more  meaningful  than,  operating  income or operating  cash flows as an
indicator of the Company's operating performance.

Fiscal 1995 Compared to Historical Pro Forma Fiscal 1994

         Revenues  increased 8.3%, or  approximately  $2.3 million,  from fiscal
1994 to fiscal 1995. Revenues increased  primarily due to increased  subscribers
generated from the Douglas and Friendship  acquisitions  which closed  effective
December 1.

         Systems  operations  expenses  increased 24.7%, or  approximately  $2.6
million,  from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995.  Systems  operations  expenses,  as a
percentage  of revenues,  increased  from 38.3% in 1994 to 44.1% in 1995.  These
increases  were due  primarily to the increases in  programming  expenses due to
channel additions and increases in net technical  salaries and benefits due to a
smaller  percentage  of such expenses  being  capitalized  to drop  installation
costs.

         Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  31.0%,  or
approximately $1.7 million,  from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995.  Selling,  general
and administrative  expenses, as a percentage of revenues,  decreased from 19.3%
in  1994 to  12.3%  in  1995.  The  decreases  were  due  primarily  to  reduced
administrative  costs due to the closing of certain offices in acquired  systems
and the

                                       32

<PAGE>


economies of scale that  resulted  from folding the  acquisitions  into existing
operating management and facilities.

         Management fees increased  5.4%, or  approximately  $0.1 million,  from
fiscal 1994 to fiscal  1995.  Management  fees,  as a  percentage  of  revenues,
decreased from 5.5% in 1994 to 5.4% in 1995. Management fees are calculated as a
percentage of revenue and are proportionate, except that in December, 1995, such
fees were adjusted from 5.5% of revenue to 4.5% of revenue.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased 7.5%, or approximately $0.7
million,  from  fiscal  1994  to  fiscal  1995.  As a  percentage  of  revenues,
depreciation and amortization decreased from 34.3% in 1994 to 33.9% in 1995. The
increase was due primarily to increased depreciation due to Capital Expenditures
implemented  in 1995,  and,  to a lesser  extent,  increased  expense due to the
amortization of acquired intangible assets.

     Interest  expense  increased  35.7%, or  approximately  $2.7 million,  from
fiscal 1994 to fiscal  1995.  As a  percentage  of  revenues,  interest  expense
increased  from 27.8% in 1994 to 34.8% in 1995.  These  increases  were incurred
primarily  because  of the Notes  issued in  September  for the  acquisition  of
systems  which closed in December,  and the  approximate  two months of interest
paid less escrow interest income as compared to the associated  Revenue and cash
flow of the acquired properties.

         Other income (expense)  increased by approximately  $0.9 million,  from
expense of approximately  $0.2 million in 1994 to income of  approximately  $0.6
million in 1995.  The change was due  primarily  to the $0.7 million of interest
income  related to Note proceeds less  repayment of bank debt that accrued while
funds were in escrow and not  immediately  being utilized for the closing of the
acquired properties.

         The prior  owners of the  Initial  Systems  and the Company as separate
entities paid no income  taxes,  although they were required to file federal and
state income tax returns for  informational  purposes  only.  All income or loss
flowed  through to the partners of such  entities as specified in the  governing
partnership agreements.

         Net loss increased  18.4%, or approximately  $1.3 million,  from fiscal
1994 to fiscal 1995,  primarily as a result of the increase in interest  expense
and other income (expense). As a percentage of revenues, net loss increased from
26.0% in 1994 to  28.4%  in 1995,  primarily  as a  result  of the  increase  in
depreciation and amortization expense during 1995.

         EBITDA increased 12.2%, or approximately $1.3 million, from fiscal 1994
to fiscal 1995, and, as a percentage of revenues,  increased from 37.0% to 38.3%
over such periods due primarily to increased revenue, with decreases in selling,
general and  administrative  expenses at a greater  rate than the  increases  in
systems  operations  expense.  EBITDA  represents  income (loss) before interest
expense,  income  taxes,   depreciation  and  amortization,   and  other  income
(expense).  EBITDA is not  presented in  accordance  with GAAP and should not be
considered an  alternative  to, or more  meaningful  than,  operating  income or
operating cash flows as an indicator of the Company's operating performance.


                                       33

<PAGE>


Historical Pro Forma Fiscal 1994 Compared to Fiscal 1993

     Revenues increased 1.5%, or approximately $0.4 million, from fiscal 1993 to
fiscal 1994.  Revenue growth was  negatively  affected by rate freezes and other
consequences  of rate regulation by the FCC.  Average basic service  subscribers
increased from  approximately  78,000 during fiscal 1993 to 79,000 during fiscal
1994, and average monthly revenue per basic subscriber  increased from $29.14 to
$29.23 from 1993 to 1994.  Homes passed  decreased  from 127,114 at December 31,
1993 to 126,733 at December  31,  1994,  primarily  as a result of the sale of a
system  in  Collins,   Mississippi  by  Vista  Communications.   However,  basic
subscribers increased from 77,618 to 80,287 at such dates.

         System  operations  expenses  increased  6.7%,  or  approximately  $0.7
million,  from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1994.  Systems  operations  expenses,  as a
percentage  of revenues,  increased  from 36.4% in 1993 to 38.3% in 1994.  These
increases  were due primarily to the  classification  of bad debt expense in the
Vista  Communications  systems totaling  approximately  $0.3 million as selling,
general and  administrative  expenses in 1993 rather than as systems  operations
expenses and, to a lesser degree, to acquired Galaxy Cablevision systems bearing
proportionally  higher expenses as Galaxy Cablevision  disposed of certain other
cable  systems.  Bad debt expense  decreased  approximately  $0.1 million in the
Vista Communications systems from 1993 to 1994.

         Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  13.0%,  or
approximately $0.6 million,  from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1994.  Selling,  general
and administrative  expenses, as a percentage of revenues,  increased from 17.3%
in 1993 to 19.3% in 1994.  The increases  were due primarily to acquired  Galaxy
Cablevision systems bearing proportionally higher expenses as Galaxy Cablevision
disposed of certain other cable systems,  and increased  insurance  premiums and
employee severance costs in the Vista Communications systems.

         Management fees increased  15.4%, or approximately  $0.2 million,  from
fiscal 1993 to fiscal  1994.  Management  fees,  as a  percentage  of  revenues,
increased  from 4.8% in 1993 to 5.5% in 1994.  The  increases  resulted from the
historical pro forma  application of the Company's 5.5%  management fee rate for
1994.

         Depreciation and amortization expense decreased 39.4%, or approximately
$6.2  million,  from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1994.  As a  percentage  of revenues,
depreciation and amortization decreased from 57.5% in 1993 to 34.3% in 1994. The
decreases  were due to the  historical  pro  forma  application  of the  Initial
Systems' depreciation and amortization methods applied to acquired assets valued
in accordance with APB No. 16. As a result, depreciation increased approximately
$0.4 million,  while  amortization  decreased  approximately  $5.1 million.  The
decrease in amortization resulted from a reduction of recorded intangible assets
from approximately  $40.0 million and approximately $30.4 million in the Vantage
Cable systems and Vista Communications systems,  respectively,  to approximately
$38.0 million in the Company.

         Interest expense increased 23.6%, or approximately  $1.5 million,  from
fiscal 1993 to fiscal  1994.  As a  percentage  of  revenues,  interest  expense
increased  from 22.8% in 1993 to 27.8% in 1994.  The increase  resulted from the
historical  pro forma  application  of the Company's  debt structure and related
interest  rates as if such debt  structure  were in place as of January 1, 1994.
Interest rates were approximately 8.0% and 12.0% in 1993 and 1994, respectively.


                                       34

<PAGE>


       Other income (expense)  decreased by approximately  $0.3 million,  from
income of approximately $37,000 in 1993 to expense of approximately $0.2 million
in 1994.  Other  income  (expense),  as a percentage  of revenues,  changed from
income of 0.1% in 1993 to expense of 0.9% in 1994.  The change was due primarily
to costs  incurred  and  losses  on the  sales of  systems  and  assets by Vista
Communications  totaling approximately $0.3 million partially offset by interest
income earned by the Vantage Cable systems totaling approximately $74,000.

         The prior  owners of the  Initial  Systems  and the Company as separate
entities paid no income  taxes,  although they were required to file federal and
state income tax returns for  informational  purposes  only.  All income or loss
flowed  through to the partners of such  entities as specified in the  governing
partnership agreements.

         Net loss deceased 31.9%,  or  approximately  $3.4 million,  from fiscal
1993 to fiscal 1994,  primarily as a result of the decrease in depreciation  and
amortization,  offset in part by the  increase  in  interest  expense  and other
income (expense).  As a percentage of revenues, net loss decreased from 38.7% in
1993 to 26.0% in 1994, primarily as a result of the decrease in depreciation and
amortization expense during 1994.

         EBITDA decreased 9.4%, or approximately $1.1 million,  from fiscal 1993
to fiscal 1994, and, as a percentage of revenues,  decreased from 41.4% to 37.0%
over such periods due primarily to the increases in systems operations  expenses
and selling,  general and  administrative  expenses.  EBITDA  represents  income
(loss) before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and
other income  (expense).  EBITDA is not  presented in  accordance  with GAAP and
should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful  than,  operating
income or  operating  cash  flows as an  indicator  of the  Company's  operating
performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The  cable  television   business   requires   substantial   financing  for
construction,  expansion  and  maintenance  of plant.  In addition,  the Company
intends to continue  pursuit of a business  strategy  which  includes  selective
acquisitions.   Since  December  of  1994  the  Company   received  cash  equity
contributions of  approximately  $44.6 million from the Equity Investors and the
Senior  Managers.  The Company also received  equity from Vantage Cable totaling
approximately  $6.4 million.  The Company had an aggregate of approximately $146
million of  indebtedness as of December 31, 1995,  representing  $120 million of
senior subordinated  notes,  approximately $8.5 million related to the term loan
and $17.5  million  drawn  under the  Company's  revolving  line of credit  (the
"Revolving  Credit Facility" or "Revolver").  This debt and equity financing was
utilized  principally in the December 1994 acquisitions of the Systems,  and the
December,  1995  acquisitions  of the  remaining  systems  that  now make up the
Current  Systems.  The  Company's  cash flows  provided by operating  activities
totaling  approximately  $7.6  million  for the twelve  months of 1995 have been
sufficient  to meet the  Company's  debt  service,  working  capital and capital
expenditure  requirements  with the exception of the acquisition of the Cameron,
Phoenix,  Douglas,  Buford,  and  Vista  systems  completed  in  1995,  totaling
approximately  $93.6 million,  which was funded  principally  through borrowings
under the Revolver and the Notes.

                                       35

<PAGE>

Capital Expenditures

     During  the  twelve  months of 1995,  the  Company's  capital  expenditures
(exclusive  of system  acquisitions)  were  approximately  $5.1  million.  These
expenditures  were  primarily  for new  vehicles  and  OmniTRACS  units  in such
vehicles, office expansions,  expansion and replacement of headend buildings and
rewires of associated electronic equipment, drop installation, converters, traps
and other drop related items,  and routine  maintenance  and  replacement of the
cable plant. The Company expects capital expenditures over the next two years to
total  approximately $25.5 million, of which approximately $5.0 million per year
represents anticipated  maintenance capital expenditures.  The remaining capital
expenditures  will consist  primarily of  installation  of fiber optic cable and
microwave  links which will allow for the reduction in the number of headends by
more than 100 through headend  consolidation.  These  expenditures  also include
expansion and replacement of headend buildings, rewires of associated electronic
equipment,  new  vehicles,  test  equipment,  computer  equipment  and continued
installation  of  OmniTRACS  units.  The  remaining  capital  items  include the
expenses  and  capital  expenditures  required  to add new  subscribers  and the
expansion and upgrade of the cable television facilities. The Company expects to
finance the  anticipated  capital  expenditures  described above with cash flows
generated from operations, and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan

     Pursuant  to  the  Company's   loan   agreement   with  certain   financial
institutions (the Loan  Agreement"),  the Lenders have provided the Company with
an $8.0  million term loan.  The Term Loan accrues  interest at 15% with current
payments of the  interest of 325 basis  points over the costs of funds  (LIBOR).
The interest accrued in excess of interest paid currently is deferred and due at
maturity of the loan. It is  anticipated  that the Term Loan will be retired out
of the  proceeds of the  Revolver or simply  converted  to the same basis as the
Revolver.  The Loan  Agreement  was  amended  in  September  1995 to  include  a
Revolving Credit Facility under which the Company may make revolving  borrowings
of up to $58.5  million  until  December 31, 1997,  subject to  compliance  with
certain conditions,  including certain financial covenants. Outstanding balances
on December 31, 1997 will convert to a term loan  amortizing  quarterly  until a
final maturity on December 31, 2002. The Revolving  Credit Facility will require
the Company to  maintain  compliance  with  certain  financial  ratios and other
covenants.  The  financial  covenants  in  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  may
significantly  limit the Company's  ability to borrow under the Revolving Credit
Facility.

     The Company  presently  intends to utilize the Revolving Credit Facility to
fund  capital  expenditures,  repay the Term Loan and acquire  additional  cable
systems,  including  but not  limited to the  Pending  Systems,  and for general
corporate  purposes.  The Company  expects that it will be able to meet its debt
service,  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure  requirements  through its
operating cash flows and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Senior Subordinated Notes

         Pursuant to an indenture  dated  September  28, 1995 (the  "Indenture")
between the  Company  and Capital  Corp.,  and the  Boatmen's  Trust  Company as
trustee,  the Company issued $120.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior
subordinated  obligations (the "Notes") maturing in October 2005. The Notes bear
an  interest  rate of  12.375%  per annum  payable  semiannually  on April 1 and
October 1, commencing April 1, 1996.

                                       36

<PAGE>



     The payment of principal and interest on the Notes is subordinated in right
of payment to the Revolving  Credit Facility and Loan Agreement.  The Notes will
rank pari passu with all other senior subordinated  indebtedness of the Company,
if any, and is senior to all subordinated debt of the Company.

         The  Indenture  contains  various  restrictive   covenants,   including
limitations  on  indebtedness,   certain   restricted   payments  and  affiliate
transactions  as defined,  purchases,  asset sales and capital  expenditures  in
addition to reporting requirements.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

Management Agreement

         Pursuant to the Management  Agreement between Galaxy Management and the
Company,  Galaxy  Management,  including Messrs.  Tommy Gleason,  Jr., Davidson,
James Gleason,  Cordova,  Morris and Voss, who are employed by Galaxy Management
and are otherwise referred to as the Senior Managers, manages all aspects of the
day-to-day  business and  operations of the Company and in connection  therewith
undertakes  those  activities  and  services  that are  customary  in the  cable
television  industry  for the account and on behalf of the  Company.  For a more
detailed description of the Management  Agreement,  see Item 13 of this Part III
("Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Management Agreement").

                                       37

<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

     None of the employees of the Company are deemed to be executive officers of
the Company.  The Senior  Managers are  employees of Galaxy  Management  and the
services of such individuals are provided to the Company, for which services the
Company pays Galaxy Management a fee pursuant to the Management  Agreement.  The
Senior  Managers are  compensated  in their  capacity as  executive  officers of
Galaxy Management and therefore  receive no compensation  from the Company.  The
General  Partners  receive no compensation  for their services to the Company in
such capacity.

Director Compensation

         Galaxy GP pays an annual  retainer of $15,000 to its  directors,  other
than  those  who  are  salaried   employees  or  executive  officers  of  Galaxy
Management.  In addition,  the Company pays to such  directors  the ordinary and
necessary  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by them to attend  meetings of the
Board of Directors of Galaxy GP and committees thereof.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

Management Agreement

     Galaxy  Management,  which is owned by the  Senior  Managers  and  Tommy L.
Gleason,  the father of Tommy L. Gleason,  Jr. and James M.  Gleason,  currently
manages all aspects of the  day-to-day  business and  operations  of the Company
pursuant  to the  Management  Agreement.  The term of the  Management  Agreement
expires  December 31, 1999,  but provides for automatic  renewal for  successive
one-year terms. The Company may terminate the Management Agreement with 90 days'
written  notice prior to the  expiration of the initial or any renewal term. The
Company also has the option to terminate the  Management  Agreement in the event
(i) of a material  breach of the Management  Agreement by Galaxy  Management and
failure to cure same or  commence  cure  within 30 days after  receipt of notice
from the Company,  (ii) of an unwaived and uncured default by the Company of any
substantive  covenant  contained  in its  financing  documents,  (iii)  of a 10%
reduction in the Company's  gross revenues or operating cash flow over the prior
fiscal  year or (iv) that none of Tommy L.  Gleason,  Jr.,  Tommy L.  Gleason or
James M.  Gleason  is  involved  in the  management  of Galaxy  Management.  The
Management  Agreement also will terminate,  with respect to any of the Company's
cable systems, upon the sale of such system by the Company and will terminate in
its entirety upon the sale or other distribution of all of the Company's systems
or upon the  dissolution or winding up of the Company,  which may be effected by
the Equity  Investors  in  certain  circumstances  pursuant  to the terms of the
Equity Holders Agreement described below.

                                       38

<PAGE>

         The Management  Agreement provides that Galaxy Management is authorized
to perform  management  services  including,  among other things:  operation and
control of the physical  assets of the Systems;  engineering  and supervision of
expansion  and  construction  activities  relating to the Systems;  negotiation,
administration  and extension of franchise and pole  attachment  agreements  and
agreements  with  utility  companies;   management  of  programming  agreements;
marketing;  purchasing;  budgeting;  billing,  record-keeping,   accounting  and
financial  reporting;  tax  return  preparation;  and  hiring,  supervision  and
termination  of Company  employees.  Galaxy  Management  is also  authorized  to
establish  and  maintain  bank  accounts  for  the  Company  ("System  Operating
Accounts") to deposit all funds collected by each System and to make withdrawals
therefrom for purposes of payment and  reimbursement of expenses  incurred by or
on behalf of the Company.  Galaxy  Management is entitled to reimbursement  from
the System Operating  Accounts on a monthly basis of various expenses  allocable
to its management and operation of the Systems and the Company,  including truck
and  automobile  expenses,   travel  expenses,  meals  and  entertainment,   and
third-party  professional  fees.  For  fiscal  1995,  the  Company  paid  Galaxy
Management approximately $281,600 in reimbursed expenses.

     In  return  for its  management  services,  Galaxy  Management  receives  a
management  fee,  payable  monthly,  equal to a percentage of the gross revenues
derived by the Company from the  Systems,  excluding  revenues  from the sale of
Systems or  franchises.  The Management  Agreement also provides that,  prior to
January 1, 1998,  the dollar amount of the  management fee may not increase as a
result of revenues  attributable to acquired cable television systems until such
time as the gross  revenues of the Company reach a certain  minimum  level.  The
management  fee is currently  4.5% of revenues.  For the year ended December 31,
1995, the Company incurred a management fee of approximately $1,605,400.  Galaxy
Management paid  approximately  32% to its executive  officers and approximately
23% to its corporate staff of 34 employees as  compensation,  with the remaining
45% applied to the  nonreimbursable  operating  expenses  of Galaxy  Management.
There can be no assurance that such amounts are  representative of the amount of
annual fees to be paid to Galaxy Management in the future.

     The  management  fee may be reduced (but not below 3.5%) in the event other
entities  controlled by Tommy L. Gleason,  Jr., James M. Gleason and/or J. Keith
Davidson acquire other entertainment or telecommunications business assets, with
the calculation to determine any such reduction in the management fee based upon
the percentage of the gross revenues of such other assets  compared to the gross
revenues of the Company.  None of such persons presently intends,  or intends to
cause  any such  entities,  to make any such  acquisitions.  The Loan  Agreement
limits  the  Company's  ability  to pay any  accrued  management  fee and Galaxy
management's  right to such fee and  reimbursement  of expenses is restricted by
the terms of the Affiliate Subordination Agreement described below.

         The Company  believes  that the terms of the  Management  Agreement are
substantially  the same terms as could be obtained in arm's length  arrangements
with unaffiliated third parties.


                                       40

<PAGE>



Affiliate Subordination Agreement

         The Company, Galaxy GP, Galaxy Investments, certain investors in Galaxy
GP and Galaxy Investments, Galaxy Telecom Management, L.L.C. ("Galaxy Management
Limited"),  Tommy L. Gleason, Jr., James M. Gleason,  Tommy L. Gleason, J. Keith
Davidson,  Ronald  Voss,  Terry  M.  Cordova,  and  the  sellers  of the  Galaxy
Cablevision  Systems,  Vista  Communications  Systems and Vantage  Cable Systems
(collectively,   the  "Subordinated   Parties")  are  parties  to  an  Affiliate
Subordination  Agreement  dated as of  December  23,  1994  (the  "Subordination
Agreement")  with Fleet  National Bank and the Lenders under the Company's  Loan
Agreement  (the  "Senior  Parties").   Under  the  terms  of  the  Subordination
Agreement,  all obligations and liabilities of the Company, Galaxy GP and Galaxy
Investments  to make any payments of cash or other  property to any of the other
Subordinated  parties are  subordinated  in right of payment and remedies to the
prior final payment in full of the  obligations  and liabilities of the Company,
Galaxy GP and Galaxy  Investments to the Senior Parties under the Loan Agreement
and the financing documents related thereto.

Equity Holders Agreement

         The Company,  Galaxy GP, Galaxy Investments,  the Senior Managers,  the
Equity  Investors  and  Vantage  Cable  have  entered  into the  Equity  Holders
Agreement  relating to the management of Galaxy GP and Galaxy  Investments,  the
general  partners of the Company,  and certain other  matters.  Under the Equity
Holders  Agreement,  each  stockholder  of Galaxy  GP and each  member of Galaxy
Investments  has agreed to elect as directors  or managers,  as the case may be,
three  designees of the Equity  Investors and Tommy  Gleason,  Jr. and one other
designee of the Senior Managers.  The current  designees of the Equity Investors
are William P. Collatos,  Kenneth T.  Schiciano and Richard D. Tadler.  J. Keith
Davidson  is the current  second  designee  of the Senior  Managers.  The Equity
Holders  Agreement  provides that James M. Gleason shall serve as a director and
manager if Tommy Gleason, Jr. is unable to serve.

         The  Equity  Holders  Agreement  also  restricts   transfer  of  equity
interests  in  Galaxy GP and  Galaxy  Investments  by the  Senior  Managers  and
provides the Equity  Investors  with  piggyback  registration  rights and, on or
after December 23, 1998, demand  registration rights with respect to interest in
the Company, Galaxy GP and Galaxy Investments.  The Equity Investors have agreed
to waive their  registration  rights  with  respect to the  registration  of the
Notes. On or after (i) December 23, 1998 or (ii) a default by the Company in the
payment of principal or interest on the indebtedness  outstanding under the Loan
Agreement, the Equity Investors have the right to require (a) the reorganization
of the Company,  Galaxy GP and Galaxy  Investment to facilitate the registration
and public offering of securities of the successor entity or (b) the sale of the
Company,  Galaxy GP, Galaxy Investments or the assets, stock or other securities
of any such entities.

         The Equity Holders Agreement also provides that the Senior Managers and
their   affiliates   will   first   offer  any   opportunity   to  invest  in  a
telecommunications  or entertainment  business to the Company before making such
investment.  If the  Company  elects  not to make such  investment,  the  Senior
Managers and the Equity  Investors,  if they so elect, may make such investments
through another entity. The decision of the Company as to whether or not to make
such investment  will be made by the board of directors of the Managing  General
Partner.  Although the directors and executive  officers of the Managing General

                                       41

<PAGE>



Partner have certain fiduciary  obligations to its shareholders under applicable
corporate law and the Managing General Partner has fiduciary duties to the other
partners of the Company,  there can be no assurance  that a conflict of interest
relating to any such  investment  will be resolved in favor of the Company.  The
Company  presently does not have any agreements or policies  governing  possible
conflicts of interest.

Promissory Notes of Galaxy Investments

     Pursuant to the terms of a Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 23,
1994 and as amended as of  December 1, 1995,  by and among the Equity  Investors
and certain other third parties (collectively,  the "Purchasers"),  the Company,
Galaxy GP, Galaxy Investments and the Senior Managers (the "Securities  Purchase
Agreement"),  Galaxy Investments issued to the purchasers promissory notes in an
aggregate   principal  amount  of  approximately   $26.4  million  (the  "Galaxy
Investments  Notes").  The Galaxy  Investments  Notes are  unsecured  and mature
December 31, 2003,  provided that if any of the Notes are  outstanding  when the
principal  of any Galaxy  Investments  Note  becomes  due,  then such  principal
payment  shall be deferred  until not  earlier  than the 91st day after the date
when  none of the Notes are  outstanding.  The  Galaxy  Investments  Notes  bear
interest at the rate of 17.5% per annum  payable  annually in arrears  beginning
December  31,  1995 in cash  or,  at  Galaxy  Investments'  option,  the form of
additional  Galaxy  Investments  Notes in an original  principal amount equal to
such interest then payable. In December, 1995, the Securities Purchase Agreement
was amended to reflect  additional  promissory notes in the aggregate  principal
amount of approximately  $13.7 million issued in connection with the purchase of
additional  cable  systems.  These notes bear  interest at the rate of 17.5% per
annum payable  annually in arrears  beginning  December 31, 1996, in cash or, at
Galaxy  Investments'  option, the form of additional Galaxy Investments Notes in
an original principal amount equal to such interest then payable.

In December, 1995, at Galaxy Investments' option,  additional Galaxy Investments
Notes were issued to pay accrued interest on The Galaxy Investments Notes in the
aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.9 million.

         The Galaxy  Investments  Notes may be redeemed at any time, in whole or
in part, by Galaxy Investments. The Galaxy Investments Notes also are subject to
mandatory  redemption  upon the  occurrence  of a "change of control",  which is
defined in the Securities  Purchase  Agreement to include (i) the sale of all or
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  in  one  or a  series  of
transactions,  (ii) the  failure  of Galaxy  GP and  Galaxy  Investments  to own
collectively 100% of the issued and outstanding general partnership interests of
the Company,  (iii) the  cessation  of Galaxy GP's  service as managing  general
partner of the  Company  (except if Galaxy  Investments  exercises  its right to
become the managing general partner),  (iv) the transfer by the Senior Managers,
Tommy L. Gleason,  Galaxy Management or Galaxy Management Limited (collectively,
the "Management  Parties") of Class A voting Common Stock of Galaxy GP or Common
Interests  or  Voting  Preferred   Interests  of  Galaxy   Investments  (v)  the
termination  of the  Management  Agreement  or  the  material  reduction  of the
Company's rights thereunder, (vi) the failure of Tommy L. Gleason, Jr. and James
M. Gleason to be actively  involved in the management of the Company,  Galaxy GP
and Galaxy  Investments,  (vii) the failure of Tommy L. Gleason,  Jr.,  Tommy L.
Gleason and James M. Gleason and the failure of any one such individuals and the
spouses  and  children  of such  individuals  to own 51% of the equity of Galaxy
Management  or a majority of the preferred  and common  membership  interests of
Galaxy  Investments,  (viii) the termination of the Equity Holders  Agreement or
the material  violation thereof by any of the Management  parties named therein,
or (ix) the  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the  Company,  Galaxy GP or Galaxy
Investments.   In  addition,   distributions  made  by  the  Company  to  Galaxy
Investments, other than permitted tax distributions, are subject, in part, to be
applied as a mandatory  prepayment  of the  principal of the Galaxy  Investments
Notes.

                                       42

<PAGE>

Limited Partnership Interests in the Company

         Galaxy  Investments  owns  100%  of the  Class  B  Limited  Partnership
Interests in the Company,  which it received in connection with the organization
and initial  capitalization  of the Company in December 1994. Galaxy GP received
100% of the Class C and Class E Limited Partnership  Interests in the Company in
connection with the Company's  acquisitions of the Vista Communications  Systems
and the  Galaxy  Cablevision  Systems,  respectively.  In  connection  with  its
acquisition of the Vantage Cable Systems,  the Company issued approximately $6.4
million in the form of Class D Limited Partnership Interests in the Company, out
of the total consideration of approximately $38.4 million paid for such Systems.
The  Company's  ability  to  declare  or pay  any  dividend  or make  any  other
distributions  to its general and limited partners is restricted by the terms of
the Indenture dated September 28, 1995.

         Subject to such  restrictions  and at such time as the Company may make
distributions under the Loan Agreement,  Galaxy GP may cause the Company to make
distributions  to its Class C Limited  Partners,  Class D Limited  Partners  and
Class E Limited Partners prior to making  distributions to other partners of the
Company in accordance with the Limited Partnership  Agreement dated December 23,
1994, as amended,  by and among Galaxy GP, Galaxy  Investments and Vantage Cable
(the "Partnership Agreement"). The Company may make such distributions until the
aggregate of such distributions  equals the amount of the capital  contributions
of each such class of limited  partners,  plus certain priority rates of return.
Under the Partnership Agreement, Class C Limited Partners are entitled to a rate
of  return of 9%,  compounded  annually  on the  previously  unreturned  capital
contribution.  The Partnership  Agreement provides that Class D Limited Partners
are  entitled to an annually  compounded  rate of return of 10.0% per annum from
December 23, 1994 until December 31, 1999,  which rate of return  increases each
year thereafter in increments of 2.0%, up to a maximum of 18.0%. Class E Limited
Partners  are entitled  under the  Partnership  Agreement to a priority  rate of
return of 9% until December 31, 1999,  which then increases 2.0% each year up to
a maximum of 17%.  Class B Limited  Partners are entitled to up to 11.90% of any
distribution  remaining  after  allocation of the capital  contributions  of and
priority  rates of return to the  Class C, D and E Limited  Partners  and to the
Class A General Partners.  To date, the Company has made no distributions to any
of the general or limited partners of the Company.  The interests of each of the
general and limited partners of the Company are also subject to the terms of the
Affiliate Subordination Agreement and the Equity Holders Agreement.

Relationship of Agent with Equity Investor

         Fleet National Bank,  the Agent under the Loan  Agreement,  is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Fleet Financial Group,  Inc., a bank holding company ("Fleet
Financial").  Fleet Equity Partners, one of the Equity Investors, is a marketing
name for Fleet  Growth  Resources,  Inc.,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Fleet
Private Equity Company,  Inc.,  which, in turn, is a wholly owned  subsidiary of
Fleet Financial.



                                       43
<PAGE>



                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. Exhibits, Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and
         Reports on Form 8-K

(a)(1)   Financial Statements.  Reference is made to the Index on Page F-1
         (included in Part II, Item 8) for a list of all financial statements
         filed as part of this Report.

(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedules.  The following consolidated financial
         statement schedule (and related report thereon) is included in this
         report in accordance with Item 8 and paragraph (d) of Item 14:

               Report of Independent Accountants..............S-1
               Schedule II - Valuation and
                    Qualifying Accounts.......................S-2

(a)(3)   Exhibits.  See Exhibit Index.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K.  No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the last
         quarter of the period covered by this report.



                                       44

<PAGE>


SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
Co-Registrants  have duly  caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                             GALAXY TELECOM, L.P.
                             By:  Galaxy Telecom Inc.
                             As General Partner


 


                              /s/ Tommy L. Gleason, Jr
        March 29, 1996     _______________________________________
                             By:  Tommy L. Gleason, Jr.
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer



                             GALAXY TELECOM CAPITAL CORP.





                              /s/ Tommy L. Gleason, Jr
         March 29, 1996     ________________________________________
                             By:  Tommy L. Gleason, Jr
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer


                                       45
<PAGE>

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of each of the
Registrants and in the capacities and on the dates indicated


Name                               Title                        Date
- ------------                  ---------------------          ------------



/s/ Tommy L. Gleason, Jr.
______________________        Director, President and       March 29, 1996
Tommy L. Gleason, Jr.         Chief Executive Officer
                              (Principal Executive
                              Officer)


/s/ J. Keith Davidson
______________________        Director and Vice             March 29, 1996
J. Keith Davidson             President-Finance
                              (Principal Financial
                              and Accounting Officer)


/s/ William P. Collatos
______________________        Director                      March 29, 1996
William P. Collatos




/s/ Kenneth T. Schiciano
______________________        Director                      March 29, 1996
Kenneth T. Schiciano



/s/ Richard P. Tadler
______________________        Director                      March 29, 1996
Richard P. Tadler







                                       46

<PAGE>

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED
PURSUANT TO SECTION
15(D) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES
PURSUANT
TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT.

No Annual report to security holders covering the Co-Registrants'  latest fiscal
year and no proxy statement,  form of proxy or other proxy  soliciting  material
has been  sent to  security  holders.  Such  report or proxy  material  shall be
furnished to security  holders  subsequent  to the filing of this Report on Form
10-K and copies of such material shall be furnished to the Commission when it is
sent to security holders.


                                       47

<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, the co-registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                             GALAXY TELECOM, L.P.
                             By:  Galaxy Telecom Inc.
                             as General Partner


                              /s/ J. Keith Davidson
        April 16, 1996     _______________________________________
                             By:  J. Keith Davison, Vice President-Finance
                                 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


                             GALAXY TELECOM CAPITAL CORP.


                              /s/ J. Keith Davidson
        April 16, 1996     _______________________________________
                             By:  J. Keith Davison, Vice President-Finance
                                 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


 2.1     -    Asset purchase agreement by and between Douglas Cable
              Communications, Limited Partnership and the Company,
              dated as of July 19, 1995, incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement
              on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 37-95278) (the "Form S-1").

 2.2     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Friendship Cable
              of Florida, Friendship Cable of Georgia,Friendship Cable
              of South Carolina, Buford Group, Inc. and the Company,
              dated as of July 19, 1995, incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Form S-1.

 2.3     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Vista
              Communications Limited Partnership I and the Company,
              dated as of August 31, 1995, incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Form S-1.

 2.4     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between
              Vista/Narragansett Cable, L.P. and the Company,  dated as
              of August 8, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to
              Exhibit 2.4 to the Form S-1.

 2.5     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Phoenix Country
              Cable Joint Venture and the Company, dated as of July 19,
              1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to
              the Form S-1.

 2.6     -    Agreement by and between the Company and Anderson Pacific
              Corporation, dated as of August 4, 1995, incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to the Form S-1.

 3.1     -    Limited Partnership Agreement (the "Partnership
              Agreement") of the Company, dated as of December 23,
              1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
              the Form S-1.

 3.2     -    Certificate  of  Limited  Partnership  of  the  Company,  dated
              December 23, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2
              to the Form S-1.

 3.3     -    Certificate of Incorporation of Galaxy Telecom Capital
              Corp. ("Capital Corp."),  incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Form S-1.

 3.4     -    Bylaws of Capital Corp.,  incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Form S-1.

 3.5     -    Amendment No.1 to the Limited Partnership Agreement,
              dated as of December 1, 1995.

 3.6     -    Amendment No.2 to the Limited Partnership Agreement,
              dated as of December 29, 1995.

 4.1     -    Indenture by and among the Company, Capital Corp. and
              Boatman's Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to the 12
              3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005,  incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-1.

 4.2     -    Form of Note (included in Exhibit 4.1).

10.1     -    Management Agreement by and between Galaxy Systems
              Management, Inc. and the Company, dated as of December
              23, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
              10.1 to the Form S-1.

10.2     -    Securities Purchase Agreement by and among the Company,
              Galaxy Telecom, Inc. and Galaxy Telecom Investments,
              L.L.C. and the Purchasers and other parties named
              therein, dated as of December 23, 1994 (the "Securities
              Purchase Agreement"),  incorporated herein by reference
              to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form S-1.

10.3     -    Equity Holders Agreement by and among the Company, Galaxy
              Telecom, Inc., Vantage Cable Associates, L.P. and the
              Management Stockholders and Purchasers named in the
              Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 23,
              1994,  incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3
              to the Form S-1.

10.4     -    Contract by and between the Company and QUALCOMM
              Incorporated, dated as of November 18, 1993, as amended,
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
              Form S-1.

10.5     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Company (as
              assignee of Galaxy Management, Inc.) and Galaxy
              Cablevision, L.P., dated as of May 16, 1994,
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
              Form S-1.

10.6     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Company (as
              assignee of Galaxy Management, Inc.) and Vantage Cable
              Associaties, L.P., dated as of June 8, 1994, as amended
              as of December 23, 1994,  incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form S-1.

10.7     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Company (as
              assignee of Galaxy Management, Inc.) and Chartwell Cable
              of Colorado, Inc., dated November 11, 1994, incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Form S-1.

10.8     -    Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Company and
              Galaxy Cablevision, L.P., dated as of December 23, 1994,
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
              Form S-1.

10.9     -    Agreement of Purchase and Sale by and between the Company
              (as assignee of Galaxy Management, Inc.) and Vista
              Communications Limited Partnership III, dated as of June
              13, 1994,  incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
              10.10 to the Form S-1.

10.10    -    Affiliate Subordination Agreement by and among the
              Company and the other parties named therein, dated as of
              December 23, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to
              Exhibit 10.11 the Form S-1.

10.11         - First Amendment to Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of
              December 1, 1995.

10.12    -    Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of September 28, 1995
              by and among the Company and Fleet National Bank, as Agent, Lender
              and Co-Arranger,  and  Internationale  Nederlanden  (U.S.) Capital
              Corporation, as Lender and Co-Arranger, and the other Financial
              Institutions party thereto.

21.1     -    Subsidiaries of the Company incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Form S-1.

27.1     -    Financial Data Schedule.

The  Co-Registrants  agree  to  furnish  supplementally  a copy  of any  omitted
schedules to such agreement upon request of the Commission.







                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT
                                  BY AND AMONG
                              GALAXY TELECOM, L.P.

                                       AND

              FLEET NATIONAL BANK, AS AGENT, LENDER AND CO-ARRANGER

                                       AND

                        INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.)
                 CAPITAL CORPORATION, AS LENDER AND CO-ARRANGER

                     THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NOW OR
                            HEREAFTER PARTIES HERETO

                      $58,500,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

                              $8,000,000 TERM LOAN
                               SEPTEMBER 28, 1995



<PAGE>




                                    INDEX TO
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS                        1

Section 1.1                 Certain Defined Terms.                           1
Section 1.2                 Accounting Terms                                22
Section 1.3                 Other Terms                                     22

ARTICLE 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOANS                                    22

Section 2.1                 The Loans                                       22
Section 2.1.1               Term Loan                                       22
Section 2.1.2               Revolving Loans                                 22
Section 2.1.3               Ability to Request Loans                        23
Section 2.2                 Making Revolving Loans                          23
Section 2.3                 Interest and Fees on the Loans                  24
Section 2.3.1               Interest                                        24
Section 2.3.2               Additional Interest on the Term Loan            24
Section 2.3.3               Fees                                            24
Section 2.3.4               Increased Costs - Capital                       25
Section 2.4                 Notations                                       25
Section 2.5                 Computation of Interest and Fees                26
Section 2.6                 Time of Payments and Prepayments in
                            Immediately Available Funds and Setoff          26
Section 2.6.1               Time                                            26
Section 2.6.2               Setoff, etc                                     27
Section 2.6.3               Unconditional Obligations and No Deductions     27
Section 2.7                 Prepayment and Certain Payments                 28
Section 2.7.1               Mandatory Payments                              28
Section 2.7.2               Voluntary Prepayments.                          31
Section 2.7.3               Liquidated Damages On Term Loan                 31
Section 2.7.4               Prepayment of Libor Loans                       31
Section 2.7.5               Interest Rate Protection                        31
Section 2.8                 Payment on Non-Business Days                    32
Section 2.9                 Use of Proceeds                                 32
Section 2.10                Special Libor Loan Provisions                   32
Section 2.10.1              Requests                                        32
Section 2.10.2              Libor Loans Unavailable                         32
Section 2.10.3              Libor Lending Unlawful                          33
Section 2.10.4              Additional Costs on Libor Loans                 34
Section 2.10.5              Libor Funding Losses                            36



Section 2.10.6              Banking Practices                               36
Section 2.10.7              Borrower's Option on Unavailability or
                            Increased Cost of Libor Loans                   37
Section 2.10.8              Assumptions Concerning Funding of Libor
                            Loans                                           37

ARTICLE 3. CONDITIONS OF LENDING                                            38

Section 3.1                 Conditions Precedent to the Revolving
                            Commitment and to all Loans                     38
Section 3.1.1               The Commitment and Initial Loan                 38
Section 3.1.2               Conditions Precedent to Each Loan.              40


<PAGE>

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                   40

Section 4.1                 Representations and Warranties of the
                            Borrower                                        40
Section 4.1.1               Organization and Existence                      40
Section 4.1.2               Authorization and Absence of Defaults           41
Section 4.1.3               Acquisition of Consents                         41
Section 4.1.4               Validity and Enforceability                     41
Section 4.1.5               Financial Information                           42
Section 4.1.6               No Litigation                                   42
Section 4.1.7               Regulation U                                    42
Section 4.1.8               Absence of Adverse Agreements                   43
Section 4.1.9               Taxes                                           43
Section 4.1.10              ERISA                                           43
Section 4.1.11              Ownership of Properties                         44
Section 4.1.12              Accuracy of Representations and Warranties      45
Section 4.1.13              Senior Subordinated Note Representations
                            and Warranties                                  45
Section 4.1.14              No Investment Company                           45
Section 4.1.15              Solvency, etc                                   45
Section 4.1.16              Approvals                                       45
Section 4.1.17              Ownership Interests                             46
Section 4.1.18              Licenses, Registrations, Compliance with
                            Laws, etc                                       46
Section 4.1.19              Principal Place of Business; Books and
                            Records                                         46
Section 4.1.20              Subsidiaries                                    46
Section 4.1.21              Franchises, etc                                 46
Section 4.1.22              Copyright                                       47
Section 4.1.23              Basic Subscribers                               47
Section 4.1.24              Environmental Compliance                        47
Section 4.1.25              Material Contracts                              48
Section 4.1.26              Patents, Trademarks and Other Property
                            Rights                                          48
Section 4.1.27              Related Documents                               48
Section 4.1.28              Transfer of Assets                              48


<PAGE>

ARTICLE 5. COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER                                        48

Section 5.1                 Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower Other
                            than Reporting Requirements                     48
Section 5.1.1               Payment of Taxes, etc                           48
Section 5.1.2               Maintenance of Insurance                        49
Section 5.1.3               Preservation of Existence, etc                  49
Section 5.1.4               Compliance with Laws, etc                       49
Section 5.1.5               Visitation Rights                               49
Section 5.1.6               Keeping of Records and Books of Account         50
Section 5.1.7               Maintenance of Properties, etc                  50
Section 5.1.8               Accounting System                               50
Section 5.1.9               Other Documents, etc                            50
Section 5.1.10              Maximum Total Indebtedness and Maximum
                            Senior Indebtedness to Annualized
                            Operating Cash Flow                             50
Section 5.1.11              Maximum Senior Indebtedness to Basic
                            Subscribers                                     51
Section 5.1.12              Minimum Ratio of Operating Cash Flow to
                            Interest Expense                                51
Section 5.1.13              Minimum Ratio of Operating Cash Flow to
                            Total Debt Service                              51
Section 5.1.14              Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage                   51
Section 5.1.15              Incurrence Ratio                                52
Section 5.1.16              Officer's Certificates and Requests             52
Section 5.1.17              Depository                                      52
Section 5.1.18              Chief Executive Officer                         52
Section 5.1.19              Completion of Improvements                      52
Section 5.1.20              Notice of Purchase of Real Estate and
                            Leases                                          52
Section 5.1.21              Additional Assurances                           53
Section 5.1.22              Appraisals                                      53
Section 5.1.23              Environmental Compliance                        53
Section 5.1.24              Remediation                                     53
Section 5.1.25              Site Assessments                                53
Section 5.1.26              Indemnity                                       53
Section 5.1.27              Liquidity                                       54
Section 5.1.28              Pending Acquisitions                            54
Section 5.2                 Negative Covenants of the Borrower              54
Section 5.2.1               Liens, etc                                      54
Section 5.2.2               Assumptions, Guaranties, etc. of
                            Indebtedness of Other Persons                   55
Section 5.2.3               Sale of Assets Dissolution, etc                 56
Section 5.2.4               Change in Nature of Business                    56
Section 5.2.5               Ownership                                       56
Section 5.2.6               Sale and Leaseback                              56
Section 5.2.7               Sale of Accounts, etc                           56
Section 5.2.8               Indebtedness                                    56
Section 5.2.9               Other Agreements                                57
Section 5.2.10              Payment or Prepayment of Equity                 57
Section 5.2.11              Dividends, Payments and Distributions           57
Section 5.2.12              Investments in or to Other Persons              58
Section 5.2.13              Transactions with Affiliates                    60
Section 5.2.14              Change of Fiscal Year                           60
Section 5.2.15              Subordination of Claims                         60
Section 5.2.16              Compliance with ERISA                           60
Section 5.2.17              Capital Expenditures                            61
Section 5.2.18              Hazardous Waste                                 62
Section 5.2.19              Payments on Senior Subordinated Notes           62
Section 5.3                 Reporting Requirements                          62

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 6. EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                                65

Section 6.1                 Events of Default                               65

ARTICLE 7. REMEDIES OF LENDERS                                              68

ARTICLE 8. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                                             69

Section 8.1                 Appointment                                     69
Section 8.2                 Powers; General Immunity                        70
Section 8.2.1               Duties Specified                                70
Section 8.2.2               No Responsibility for Certain Matters           70
Section 8.2.3               Exculpatory Provisions                          70
Section 8.2.4               Agent Entitled to Act as Lender                 71
Section 8.3                 Representations and Warranties; No
                            Responsibility for Appraisal of
                            Creditworthiness                                71
Section 8.4                 Right to Indemnity                              72
Section 8.5                 Payee of Note Treated as Owner                  72
Section 8.6                 Resignation by Agent                            72
Section 8.7                 Successor Agent                                 73

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS                                                    73

Section 9.1                 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of
                            Process                                         73
Section 9.2                 Rights and Remedies Cumulative                  74
Section 9.3                 Delay or Omission Not Waiver                    74
Section 9.4                 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws                74
Section 9.5                 Amendments, etc                                 74


<PAGE>



Section 9.6                 Addresses for Notices, etc                      75
Section 9.7                 Costs, Expenses and Taxes                       76
Section 9.8                 Participations                                  77
Section 9.9                 Binding Effect; Assignment                      77
Section 9.10                Actual Knowledge                                78
Section 9.11                Substitutions and Assignments                   78
Section 9.12                Payments Pro Rata                               80
Section 9.13                Governing Law                                   81
Section 9.14                Severability of Provisions                      81
Section 9.15                Headings                                        81
Section 9.16                Counterparts                                    81
Section 9.17                Senior Indebtedness                             81
Section 9.18                Joint and Several Obligations                   81

<PAGE>

                              SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS

1.1                     Equity
1.2                     Franchises
1.3                     Ownership Interests
1.4                     Form of Interest Rate Election
1.5                     Form of Term Note
1.6                     Form of Revolving Note
1.7                     Permitted Encumbrances
1.8                     Pro Rata Shares
1.9                     Form of Borrowing Request
2.6.1                   Lender's Wire Transfer Instructions
2.7.3                   Schedule of Liquidated Damages Factors
3.1.1.3                 Opinion of Borrower's Counsel and Borrower's FCC
                        counsel opinion
3.1.1.8                 Permitted Indebtedness and Capitalized Leases
4.1.1                   Jurisdictions of Incorporation, Foreign
                        Qualifications
4.1.6                   Litigation
4.1.11                  Real Property
4.1.18                  Governmental Permits
4.1.21                  Licenses, Franchises
4.1.22                  Copyrights
4.1.24                  Hazardous Waste
4.1.25                  Material Contracts
4.1.26                  Intellectual Property
4.1.28                  GTI Assets Not Transferred
5.2.2                   Guaranties
5.3.5                   Form of Compliance Certificate
9.11.1                  Form of Substitution Agreement

<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

        AMENDED AND RESTATED  LOAN  AGREEMENT  dated as of September 28, 1995
by
and among GALAXY TELECOM,  L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership  ("GTLP"),  and
Galaxy Telecom Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Capital Corp.), each with
a  principal  place of business at 1220 North Main  Street,  Sikeston,  Missouri
63801 (GTLP and Capital Corp are sometimes hereafter referred to collectively as
the "Borrower"),  the financial institutions party hereto from time to time (the
"Lenders"),  INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) CAPITAL CORPORATION
("ING"), as a
Lender  and  a  Co-Arranger,   and  FLEET  NATIONAL  BANK,  a  national  banking
association  organized  under the laws of the  United  States  and having a head
office at 111 Westminster Street, Providence, Rhode Island 02903 ("Fleet"), as a
Co-Arranger and as agent for the Lenders (the "Agent").

        PRELIMINARY  STATEMENTS.  GTLP entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of
December  23,  1994 with  Fleet and ING as  Lenders,  and Fleet as agent for the
Lenders (the  "Original Loan  Agreement"),  pursuant to which the Lenders made a
term loan in the original principal amount of $59,000,000 (the "A Loan"), and an
additional  term loan in the original  principal  amount of  $8,000,000  (the "B
Loan").  Pursuant to a Substitution  Agreement  dated as of March 31, 1995 among
Fleet, ING, Union Bank ("Union") and State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State
Street"),  Union  and State  Street  became  Lenders  under  the  Original  Loan
Agreement.  The Borrower intends to repay the A Loan, and has requested that the
Lenders and the Agent enter into this  Amended and  Restated  Loan  Agreement to
continue  the B Loan and provide a  revolving  credit  facility in an  aggregate
principal amount of $58,500,000, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

        NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and of the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained  herein,  the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1.


                   DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

        Section 1.1.  Certain  Defined  Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the
following  terms shall have the following  meanings (such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

        "Active Plant" shall mean coaxial  and/or  fiberoptic  television  cable
together  with all  amplifiers  and  electronics  which has been  connected to a
Headend, has been

                                                         1

<PAGE>



energized  and is capable of carrying  television  signals to Basic  Subscribers
with only the addition of a drop-line from such television  cable to the Unit in
question.

        "Additional Equity" means the additional investment by the Investors and
the  Management  LLC in GTI and LLC, and in turn by GTI and LLC in GTLP,  in the
aggregate amount of $15,000,000 (with not less than $5,000,000 to be invested on
or before the initial  Revolving  Loan is made  pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof),
which  will be used to fund a  portion  of the  purchase  price  of the  Pending
Acquisitions, allocated as follows:

Pending Acquisition               Required Equity
- -------------------               ----------

Douglas                           $7,700,000
Buford                            $3,400,000
Vista Narragansett                $2,600,000
Vista I                           $1,200,000
Phoenix                           $  100,000


        "Additional  Principal"  shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.3.2.

        "Adjusted Cash Flow" means,  for any fiscal  period,  the Borrower's Net
Income,  plus  Interest  Expense  for such  fiscal  period,  plus the  amount of
depreciation  and  amortization for such fiscal period plus non-cash charges for
such fiscal period, plus Incentive  Management Fees for such fiscal period, less
the amount of extraordinary  gains during such fiscal period, plus the amount of
extraordinary losses during such fiscal period, plus the amount of Closing Costs
for such fiscal period,  in each case to the extent  deducted or (in the case of
extraordinary  gains)  added in the  calculation  of Net Income for such  fiscal
period and all determined on a combined basis in accordance with GAAP.


        "Adjusted  Libor Rate" means,  with respect to any Libor Loan to be made
by the Lenders for its Interest  Period,  the interest rate per annum determined
by the Agent (fixed  throughout such Interest Period (subject to adjustments for
the Libor Rate Reserve  Percentage)) and rounded upwards,  if necessary,  to the
next  1/16 of 1%)  which is equal to the  quotient  of (i) the rate of  interest
determined  by the Agent to be the  average of the  interest  rates per annum at
which  Dollar  deposits  in  immediately  available  funds are  offered  to each
Reference  Lender  by  first-class  banks  in the  London  interbank  market  at
approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London time, two Business Days prior to the Business
Day on which such Interest Period begins,  in an amount  approximately  equal to
the  principal  amount of such  Libor  Loan,  for a period of time equal to such
Interest  Period and (ii) a number  equal to the number one minus the Libor Rate
Reserve Percentage. The "Libor Rate Reserve Percentage" applicable to

                                                         2

<PAGE>



any Interest Period means the average of the maximum  effective rates (expressed
as a decimal) of the statutory reserve requirements  (without  duplication,  but
including,  without  limitation,  basic,  supplemental,  marginal and  emergency
reserves)  applicable to each Reference Lender during such Interest Period under
regulations  of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System (or any
successor),  including without  limitation  Regulation D or any other regulation
dealing with maximum reserve requirements which are applicable to each Reference
Lender  with  respect  to its  "Eurocurrency  Liabilities",  as that term may be
defined  from  time to time by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve
System (or any successor) or which in any other respect  relate  directly to the
funding of loans bearing  interest at rates based on the interest rates at which
Dollar  deposits  in  immediately  available  funds  are  offered  to  banks  by
first-class  banks in the London interbank market. If any Reference Lender fails
to provide its offered  quotation to the Agent, the Adjusted Libor Rate shall be
determined  on the basis of the  offered  quotation(s)  of the  other  Reference
Lender(s).  The Adjusted Libor Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of
the effective date of any change in the Libor Rate Reserve Percentage.

        "Affiliate"  means  singly and  collectively,  any Person  (other than a
Subsidiary) which,  directly or indirectly,  is in control of, is controlled by,
or is under common control with, the Borrower.  For purposes of this definition,
a Person  shall be deemed to be  "controlled  by" the  Borrower if the  Borrower
possesses,  directly or indirectly,  power either to (i) vote 10% or more of the
securities  having  ordinary  voting power for the election of directors of such
Person or (ii) direct or cause the direction of the  management  and policies of
such  Person  whether by contract or  otherwise,  and the legal  representative,
successor or assign of any such Person.

        "Affiliate   Subordination   Agreement"  means  that  certain  Affiliate
Subordination  Agreement between GTLP, GTI, LLC, the Manager, the Lenders, Tommy
L. Gleason,  Jr., James M. Gleason, J. Keith Davidson,  Vantage,  Vista, and the
Investors dated as of December 23, 1994, and any other  affiliate  subordination
agreement  executed  from  time to time by any  Affiliate  of the  Borrower,  as
amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

        "Affiliate   Subordinated   Indebtedness"   means  Indebtedness  of  the
Borrower,  GTI  and/or  LLC  to  Affiliates  of  the  Borrower  which  has  been
subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to terms and conditions satisfactory in
all respects to the Majority  Lenders and which  contains  terms and  conditions
which are satisfactory in all respects to the Majority Lenders.

        "Agent" means Fleet or any other Person which is at the time in question
serving as the agent under the terms of Article 8 hereof.

        "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Loan Agreement,  as the same
may from time to time be amended or otherwise modified.


                                                         3

<PAGE>



        "A.M."  means a time  from and  including  12  o'clock  midnight  to and
excluding 12 o'clock noon on any Business Day using Eastern  Standard  (Daylight
Savings) time.

        "Annualized  Operating Cash Flow" means Operating Cash Flow for the most
recently  ended fiscal  quarter  based on the  Borrower's  financial  statements
provided  to the Lenders in  accordance  with  Sections  5.3.2 and 5.3.3 for the
fiscal quarter in question, times four (4).

        "Applicable  Margin" means,  for each Libor Loan, three and one quarters
percent (3.25%) per annum,  provided,  however, that if, at any time on or after
the  receipt  by the  Agent of the  Borrower's  quarterly  financial  statements
provided to the Agent by the  Borrower  pursuant to Section  5.3.3  hereof,  the
ratio of (a) total  Indebtedness  for  Borrowed  Money of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  on a combined  basis as of the last day of the most recently ended
fiscal  quarter of the Borrower to (b)  Annualized  Operating Cash Flow for such
fiscal quarter,  is within the ratios set forth below,  and if and so long as no
Event of Default or Default exists under Section  6.1.1,  6.1.2 or 6.1.3 hereof,
the Applicable  Margin shall,  subject to the last sentence of this  definition,
equal the rate set forth below opposite the applicable ratio:

                Ratio                             Applicable Margin
                -----                             -----------------
Less than 5.5:1 and greater                     Three per cent (3.00%)
   than or equal to 4.5:1                          per annum

Less than 4.5:1 and greater                     Two and three quarters per cent
        than or equal to 3.5:1                    (2.75%) per annum

Less than 3.5:1                                 Two and one half per cent
                                                  (2.50%) per annum

Any change in the Applicable  Margin  required  pursuant to the foregoing  shall
become  effective on the first day of the calendar  month  commencing  after the
month in which the Agent  receives the  Borrower's  financial  statement for the
Borrower's fiscal quarter or year-end,  as the case may be, in question and only
after, in the case of a decrease in the Applicable Margin,  receipt by the Agent
of a  written  request  for such  rate  decrease  from the  Borrower;  provided,
however,  that each of the above-referenced  margins shall remain in effect only
so long as Borrower  qualifies  therefor and  provided  further,  however,  that
interest  rate  reductions  shall become  final only on the basis of  Borrower's
annual audited financial  statements,  and in the event that such annual audited
financial  statements  establish  that the  Borrower  was not entitled to a rate
reduction which was previously granted,  the Borrower shall, upon written demand
by the Agent,  repay to the Agent for the account of each Lender an amount equal
to the excess of interest at the rate which  should have been  charged  based on
such annual audited  financial  statements and the rate actually  charged on the
basis of Borrower's quarterly financial statement(s) (provided that in the event
of a dispute as to the

                                                         4

<PAGE>



appropriate  fiscal quarter as to which any adjustment should be allocated,  the
decision of the  accountants  of the Borrower  shall be made in accordance  with
GAAP and shall be binding  upon the Lenders  and the  Borrower  absent  manifest
error); and provided further, however, that in the event that the Borrower fails
to provide any financial  statement on a timely basis in accordance with Section
5.3.3,  any  interest  rate  increase  payable  as a  result  thereof  shall  be
retroactively effective to the date on which the financial statement in question
should have been received by the Agent in accordance with Section 5.3.3, and the
Borrower  shall pay any amount due as a result  thereof upon written demand from
the Agent.

        "Asset Sale" means any sale or other  transfer by the  Borrower,  GTI or
any of the  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  of any  interest  in any of the  assets or
rights of the Borrower,  GTI or the Borrower's  Subsidiaries out of the ordinary
course of business having an aggregate value,  when combined with all prior such
sales  during the term of this  Agreement  in excess of  $500,000,  other than a
System Asset Sale, the sale of certain assets of Douglas and Vista  Narragansett
scheduled to occur  contemporaneously  with the closing of those acquisitions by
the  Borrower,  and the sale of obsolete or worn out equipment no longer used or
usable in the business of the Borrower,  GTI or applicable  Subsidiary which the
Borrower, GTI or applicable Subsidiary does not substantially  contemporaneously
replace.

        "Basic Service" shall mean the simultaneous  delivery by the Borrower to
television receivers (or any other suitable audio-video  communication receiver)
of Basic Subscribers of the basic level full cable television service offered by
the Borrower.

        "Basic Subscriber" shall mean a Person located in a Unit Passed which is
connected by a drop line to the  Borrower's  cable  television  system,  who has
contracted  to pay for the right to receive  Basic  Service over the  Borrower's
cable  television  system,  who has paid at least one regular monthly payment in
addition to any  initial  deposits,  and whose  account is not more than 60 days
past due.

        "Borrowed Money" means any obligation to repay funded Indebtedness,  any
Indebtedness  evidenced  by notes,  bonds,  debentures,  guaranties  or  similar
obligations  including  without  limitation the Loans and any obligation under a
conditional sale or other title retention  agreement,  the net aggregate rentals
under any  Capitalized  Lease  Obligation or any lease which is the  substantial
equivalent  of the  financing  of the  property  so  leased,  any  reimbursement
obligation  for any letter of credit and any  obligations in respect of banker's
and other acceptances or similar obligations.

     "Borrower"  has  the  meaning  assigned  in the  first  paragraph  of  this
Agreement.

     "Borrowing Request" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2 hereof.

     "Budget" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.3.9.


                                                         5

<PAGE>



     "Buford"  means  Friendship  Cable  Southeast,  a division of Buford Group,
Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        "Business  Day"  means (i) for all  purposes  other  than as  covered by
clause (ii) below,  any day on which banks in  Providence,  Rhode  Island or New
York, New York are not authorized or required to close; and (ii) with respect to
all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and
interest on, Libor  Loans,  any day which is a Business Day  described in clause
(i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar  deposits
in the London interbank market.

        "Capital Corp." has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

        "Capital  Expenditures"  means all expenditures  paid or incurred by the
Borrower  or  any  of its  Subsidiaries  in  respect  of  (i)  the  acquisition,
construction,   improvement  or  replacement  of  land,  buildings,   machinery,
equipment  or any other  fixed  assets  or  leaseholds,  and (ii) to the  extent
related to and not included in (i) above,  materials,  contract labor and direct
labor,  which  expenditures  have been or should  be, in  accordance  with GAAP,
capitalized on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary. Where a fixed asset
is acquired by a lease which is required to be capitalized pursuant to statement
of financial accounting standards number 13 or any successor thereto, the amount
required to be capitalized in accordance  therewith shall be considered to be an
expenditure in the year such asset is first leased.

        "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations" means all lease obligations which have
been or should  be, in  accordance  with GAAP,  capitalized  on the books of the
lessee.

        "Cash  Equivalent  Investments"  means  any  Investment  in  (i)  direct
obligations  of the United  States or any agency,  authority or  instrumentality
thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any agency, authority
or  instrumentality  thereof,  whether  or not  supported  by the full faith and
credit of, a right to borrow from or the ability to be  purchased  by the United
States;  (ii)  commercial  paper  rated in the  highest  grade  by a  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  agency or  which,  if not  rated,  is issued or
guaranteed by any issuer with  outstanding  long-term  debt rated A or better by
any  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  agency;  (iii) demand and time
deposits with, and  certificates of deposit and bankers  acceptances  issued by,
any office of the Agent or any other bank or trust  company  which is  organized
under  the laws of the  United  States  or any state  thereof  and has  capital,
surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $500,000,000, the outstanding
long-term  debt of which  is  rated A or  better  by any  nationally  recognized
statistical rating agency;  (iv) any short-term note which has a rating of MIG-2
or better by Moody's  Investors  Service  Inc. or a  comparable  rating from any
other nationally recognized statistical rating agency; (v) any municipal bond or
other  governmental  obligation  (including  without  limitation  any industrial
revenue  bond or  project  note)  which is rated A or better  by any  nationally
recognized  statistical rating agency;  (vi) any other obligation of any issuer,
the  outstanding  long-term debt of which is rated A or better by any nationally
recognized statistical rating agency; or (vii) any

                                                         6

<PAGE>



repurchase  agreement with any financial  institution  described in clause (iii)
above,  relating to any of the foregoing instruments and fully collateralized by
such instruments.  Each Cash Equivalent Investment shall have a maturity of less
than  one year at the  time of  purchase;  provided  that  the  maturity  of any
repurchase  agreement  shall be  deemed  to be the  repurchase  date and not the
maturity  of the  subject  security  and that the  maturity  of any  variable or
floating  rate note subject to  prepayment  at the option of the holder shall be
the period remaining  (including any notice period  remaining) before the holder
is entitled to prepayment.

        "Change of Control" means any one of the following events:  (i) Tommy L.
Gleason, Jr., James C. Gleason and/or Tommy L. Gleason, Sr. own less than 51% of
the common  equity  interests  in the Manager or  Management  LLC,  respectively
(other than transfers to trusts for the benefit of their respective wives and/or
children for estate planning purposes so long as the transferor involved retains
effective  control over the  disposition  and voting of such interests and other
than  transfers  to their  respective  executors  and  administrators  following
death),  (ii) Tommy L. Gleason,  Jr.,  James C. Gleason and/or Tommy L. Gleason,
Sr. own less than 51% of the common  equity  interests in LLC which they hold as
of the date  hereof  (other  than  transfers  to trusts for the benefit of their
respective  wives and/or  children for estate  planning  purposes so long as the
transferor involved retains effective control over the disposition and voting of
such  interests  and other than  transfers  to their  respective  executors  and
administrators  following death), or (iii) any change in the ownership of GTI or
LLC such that the Investors own,  collectively,  beneficially and of record less
than 51% of the voting  equity  interests in GTI or LLC and less than 51% of the
notes which LLC is issuing to them as of the date  hereof.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur hereunder upon any sale
of the equity  securities  of the  Borrower in an offering  registered  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities Act of 1933 provided
that the  Borrower  receives for its own use the net (after  expenses)  proceeds
thereof.

        "Chartwell"   means  Chartwell  Cable  of  Colorado,  Inc.,  a  Colorado
 corporation.

        "Closing  Costs" means the following  costs  incurred by the Borrower in
connection  with the Loans:  (i) the fees  payable  pursuant  to  Section  2.3.3
hereof, (ii) all out-of-pocket  expenses reimbursed to others by the Borrower in
connection with the closing of the Loans, (iii) fees paid to Merrill Lynch & Co.
and BT Securities Corporation in connection with the Related Transactions,  (iv)
fees to purchase  interest rate  protection  under Section  2.7.5,  and (vi) any
administrative  fees payable to the Agent in connection  with the syndication of
the Loans.

        "Closing Date" means the date on which all of the  conditions  precedent
set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement have been satisfied.

        "Co-Arrangers" means, collectively, Fleet and ING.

                                                         7

<PAGE>




        "Code" means the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to
time.

        "Commitment" means the Lenders' several commitments to continue the Term
Loan, as set forth in Section 2.1.1 hereof,  and to make Revolving Loans, as set
forth in Section 2.1.2 hereof.

        "Commonly   Controlled   Entity"   means  a  Person,   whether   or  not
incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning
of section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

        "Conversion Date" means December 31, 1997.

        "Converted Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.2 hereof.

 
                                                         8

<PAGE>

      "Converted Loan Repayment Date" means the earlier to occur of December 31,
2002, or such earlier date on which the Obligations  become  immediately due and
payable pursuant to the terms hereof.

        "Default" means an event or condition which with the giving of notice or
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

        "Discharged  Rights and Obligations"  shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in Section 9.11.4.

     "Dollars"  and the sign "$" mean  lawful  money  of the  United  States  of
America.

        "Douglas" means Douglas Cable Communications, Limited Partnership, a
Delaware limited partnership.

        "Effective  Prime"  means  the Prime  Rate  plus one and three  quarters
percent (1.75%) per annum;  provided,  however, that if, at any time on or after
the  receipt  by the  Agent of the  Borrower's  quarterly  financial  statements
provided to the Agent by the  Borrower  pursuant to Section  5.3.3  hereof,  the
ratio of (a) total  Indebtedness  for  Borrowed  Money of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  on a combined  basis as of the last day of the most recently ended
fiscal  quarter of the Borrower to (b)  Annualized  Operating Cash Flow for such
fiscal quarter,  is within the ratios set forth below,  and if and so long as no
Event of Default or Default exists under Section  6.1.1,  6.1.2 or 6.1.3 hereof,
Effective Prime shall,  subject to the last sentence of this  definition,  equal
the rate set forth below opposite the applicable ratio:

                Ratio                            Effective Prime
                -----                            ---------------

Less than 5.5:1 and greater                    Prime Rate plus one and one
        than or equal to 4.5:1                  half percent (1-1/2%) per annum

Less than 4.5:1 and greater                    Prime Rate plus one and one
        than or equal to 3.5:1                  quarter percent (1-1/4%) per
                                                annum

Less than 3.5:1                                Prime Rate plus one percent
                                                (1%) per annum

Any change in Effective  Prime required  pursuant to the foregoing  shall become
effective on the first day of the calendar month  commencing  after the month in
which the Agent receives the Borrower's  financial  statement for the Borrower's
fiscal quarter or year-end,  as the case may be, in question and only after,  in
the case of a decrease  in  Effective  Prime,  receipt by the Agent of a written
request for such rate decrease from the Borrower;  provided,  however, that each
of the  above-referenced  interest  rates shall remain in effect only so long as
Borrower qualifies therefor;  and provided further,  however, that interest rate
reductions  shall become final only on the basis of  Borrower's  annual  audited
financial  statements,  and in the event  that  such  annual  audited  financial
statements  establish  that the Borrower  was not  entitled to a rate  reduction
which was

                                                         9

<PAGE>



previously  granted,  the Borrower shall, upon written demand by the Agent repay
to the Agent for the  account  of each  Lender an amount  equal to the excess of
interest at the rate which should have been charged based on such annual audited
financial  statements  and the rate actually  charged on the basis of Borrower's
quarterly financial  statement(s) (provided that in the event of a dispute as to
the appropriate  fiscal quarter as to which any adjustment  should be allocated,
the decision of the accountants of the Borrower shall be made in accordance with
GAAP and shall be binding  upon the Lenders  and the  Borrower  absent  manifest
error); and provided further,  however, that in the event that Borrower fails to
provide any  financial  statement on a timely basis in  accordance  with Section
5.3.3,  any  interest  rate  increase  payable  as a  result  thereof  shall  be
retroactively effective to the date on which the financial statement in question
should have been received by the Agent in accordance with Section 5.3.3, and the
Borrower  shall pay any amount due as a result  thereof upon written demand from
the Agent.

        "Equity"  means the  investments by the Investors and the Management LLC
in GTI and LLC, and in turn by GTI and LLC in GTLP.

        "Equity Documents" means,  collectively,  all material documents entered
into by the Borrower,  any of its Subsidiaries,  GTI, LLC, Management LLC and/or
the Investors in connection  with the investment of the Equity or the Additional
Equity.

        "ERISA" means the Employment  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 as
amended from time to time.

        "Events of Default" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.1
of this Agreement.

        "Excess Cash Flow" means,  for any fiscal  period of the  Borrower,  Net
Income plus an amount  equal to the sum of Interest  Expense,  depreciation  and
amortization of assets, Subordinated Management Fees and other non-cash charges,
all to the extent  deducted  in the  calculation  of Net Income for such  fiscal
period,  less an amount  equal to the sum of (i) Total Debt  Service paid during
such fiscal period, (ii) voluntary  prepayments of the Loans during such period,
(iii) all Capital  Expenditures  incurred  during such fiscal period (other than
those  Capital  Expenditures  paid  for  with  purchase  money  Indebtedness  or
Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted to exist under this Agreement), and (iv)
Permitted Restricted Payments paid during such fiscal period.

        "Exhibit" means, when followed by a letter, the exhibit attached to this
Agreement  bearing that letter and by such reference fully  incorporated in this
Agreement.

        "FCC" shall mean the Federal Communications Commission and any successor
governmental  agency  performing  functions  similar to those  performed  by the
Federal Communications Commission on the date hereof.

        "FCC License"  means any license or permit issued by the FCC,  including
without  limitation  licenses  issued for the  operation  of  community  antenna
television systems,

                                                        10

<PAGE>



community antenna relay systems,  microwave systems, earth stations and business
and other two-way radios.

        "Federal  Funds Rate" means,  for any day,  the rate per annum  (rounded
upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) equal to the weighted average
of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve  System  arranged by Federal  funds brokers on such day, as published by
the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York,  provided  that (i) if such day is not a
Business  Day,  the  Federal  Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such
transactions on the next succeeding Business Day as so published, and (ii) if no
such rate is so  published  on such next  succeeding  Business  Day, the Federal
Funds Rate for such day shall be the  average  rate  quoted to the Agent on such
day on such transactions as determined by the Agent in its discretion.

        "Financeable  Interest" shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
Section 2.3.2.

        "Financing Documents" means,  collectively,  this Agreement,  the Notes,
the Security Documents, and each other agreement,  instrument or document now or
hereafter executed in connection herewith or therewith.

        "Fixed Charge  Coverage" means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter
of the Borrower occurring after September 30, 1996, a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be an amount  equal to Operating  Cash Flow for such fiscal  quarter
and each of the three immediately preceding fiscal quarters of the Borrower less
(a)  Capital  Expenditures  made  by the  Borrower  (other  than  those  Capital
Expenditures  paid for with (i) purchase money  Indebtedness  (ii) Loans,  (iii)
cash (except to the extent that the  Borrower's  cash balance at the end of such
fiscal quarter is less than  $1,500,000),  or (iv) Capitalized Lease Obligations
permitted to exist under this Agreement) and its  Subsidiaries and (b) Permitted
Restricted  Payments  paid  during  such  fiscal  quarter  and each of the three
immediately  preceding  fiscal quarters of the Borrower,  and the denominator of
which shall be an amount  equal to Total Debt  Service  (exclusive  of voluntary
prepayments  of principal on the Loans and exclusive of Closing  Costs) for such
fiscal quarter and each of the three  immediately  preceding  fiscal quarters of
the Borrower.  For any fiscal  quarter ending on or prior to September 30, 1996,
"Fixed Charge  Coverage"  shall be calculated for such fiscal quarter then ended
and the aggregate  fiscal quarters ended during the period from the Closing Date
through such fiscal quarter.

        "Franchise"  means  any  franchise,  permit,  license,  right  of  entry
agreement,  other  authorization or other right granted by any governmental unit
or authority or any private  association,  incorporated  or  otherwise,  for the
construction  and  operation of a cable  television  system or the reception and
transmission  of signals by  microwave,  including  without  limitation  any FCC
License.

        "Franchise Agreement" means the ordinance,  agreement, contract or other
documents stating the terms and conditions of any Franchise, including without

                                                        11

<PAGE>



limitation  all exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  all  amendments  thereof and
consents,  waivers and extensions issued thereunder,  any documents incorporated
therein by reference and any application upon which such Franchise was granted.

     "Franchise Area(s)" means the communities listed on Exhibit 4.1.21 hereto.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles in effect from time
to time in the United States of America.

        "Gross  Revenues" means all revenues derived directly or indirectly from
the operation or use of the Systems  (other than revenues from a refinancing  or
sale of all or part of the Systems), including, without limitation, revenue from
subscriber service fees,  auxiliary service fees,  installation and reconnection
fees,  leased  channel  fees,  converter  rentals,  studio  rentals,  late fees,
production  equipment and personnel  fees and  advertising  revenues;  provided,
however,  that  "Gross  Revenues"  shall not  include  (a) any taxes on services
furnished by the Borrower  imposed  directly upon any  subscriber or user by any
governmental  unit and collected by the Borrower on behalf of said  governmental
unit, or (b) the amount of any discounts or rebates relating to any such fees or
revenues, or (c) interest actually earned on any such fees or revenues.

        "GTI" means Galaxy Telecom,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  which is the
sole managing general partner and a limited partner of the Borrower.

        "Hazardous  Material"  shall mean any  substance or material  defined or
designated as a hazardous or toxic waste, hazardous or toxic material, hazardous
or toxic  substance,  or other  similar  term,  by any  federal,  state or local
environmental statute, regulation or ordinance.

        "Headend"  shall  mean the  antenna  site,  the tower and  antenna,  the
microwave  communications   equipment,  the  earth  station  and  the  head  end
facilities which form a part of a cable television system.

        "Incentive  Management  Fees"  means,  as of the last day of any  fiscal
quarter of the Borrower,  60% of the  Management  Fees which have accrued during
such fiscal quarter.

        "Incurrence Ratio" means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the
ratio of Total  Indebtedness of the Borrower to Annualized  Operating Cash Flow,
each  calculated  on a pro forma  basis  after  giving  effect  to the  proposed
acquisition,  as of the end of the  fiscal  quarter  immediately  preceding  the
fiscal quarter in which such Permitted Acquisition occurs.

        "Indebtedness"  means,  for any Person,  (i) all  indebtedness  or other
obligations of said Person for Borrowed Money or for the deferred purchase price
of property or services, (ii) all indebtedness or other obligations of any other
Person ("Other Person") for Borrowed Money or for the deferred purchase price of
property  or  services,  the  payment or  collection  of which  said  Person has
guaranteed (except by reason of

                                                        12

<PAGE>


endorsement  for collection in the ordinary course of business) or in respect of
which said  Person is liable,  contingently  or  otherwise,  including,  without
limitation,  liable by way of agreement to purchase or lease,  to provide  funds
for payment,  to supply funds to  purchase,  sell or lease  property or services
primarily to assure a creditor of such Other Person against loss or otherwise to
invest in or make a loan to the Other Person,  or otherwise to assure a creditor
of such Other Person against loss, (iii) all  indebtedness or other  obligations
of any Person for Borrowed Money or for the deferred  purchase price of property
or  services  secured  by (or for which the holder of such  indebtedness  has an
existing right,  contingent or otherwise,  to be secured by) any Lien upon or in
any  property  owned by said  Person,  whether or not said Person has assumed or
become  liable  for  the  payment  of such  indebtedness  or  obligations,  (iv)
Capitalized  Lease  Obligations of said Person,  (v)  obligations of such Person
under  contracts  pursuant to which such Person has agreed to purchase  interest
rate  protection  or  swap  interest  rate   obligations   (including,   without
limitation,  any such  obligations  purchased or maintained  under Section 2.7.5
hereof) and (vi) all other  liabilities  or  obligations  of said  Person  which
would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified as liabilities of such a Person.

        "Indenture"  means that certain Indenture dated as of September 28, 1995
by and among the Borrower and Capital  Corp.,  as issuers,  and Boatmen's  Trust
Company,  as  trustee,  pursuant  to which the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes were
issued.

        "Interest  Adjustment  Date"  means (i) as to any Prime Rate  Loan,  the
Business Day elected by the Borrower in its  applicable  Interest Rate Election,
but being not less than three (3) Business  Days (or four (4)  Business  Days in
the case of an Interest  Rate Election as to which the consent of the Lenders is
required) after the receipt by the Agent before 12:00 o'clock P.M. on a Business
Day of an Interest Rate Election  changing the interest rate on such Loan to the
Libor Rate; and (ii) as to any Libor Loan, the last Business Day of the Interest
Period pertaining to such Libor Loan.

        "Interest  Expense"  means,  with  respect  to any fiscal  quarter,  the
aggregate  amount  required  to  be  paid  in  cash  by  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  for  interest,  fees  (excluding  however the facility fee paid to
Fleet and ING,  as  Co-Arrangers,  pursuant  to the side  letter  referenced  in
Section  2.2.3 of the  Original  Loan  Agreement  and the fees being paid to the
Agent and the  Lenders  pursuant  to  Section  2.3.3(a)  and (c)),  charges  and
expenses,  however  characterized,  on  its  Indebtedness,   including,  without
limitation,  all such interest,  fees, charges and expenses accrued and required
to be paid in cash with respect to  Indebtedness  under the Financing  Documents
(but not including fees associated with the purchase of interest rate protection
arrangement).

        "Interest Period" means, with respect to each Libor Loan:

                (i) initially,  the period  commencing on the date of such Libor
        Loan and ending one,  two,  three,  six,  twelve (to the extent  readily
        available)  or  such  greater  number  of  months  thereafter  as may be
        acceptable  to all the  Lenders  and as the  Borrower  may  elect in the
        applicable Interest Rate Election and subject to Section  2.10; and


                                                        13

<PAGE>



 
          (ii)  thereafter,  each  period  commencing  on  the  last  day of the
     immediately  preceding  Interest  Period  applicable to such Libor Loan and
     ending one, two, three, six or such greater number of months  thereafter as
     may be  acceptable  to all the Lenders and as the Borrower may elect in the
     applicable Interest Rate Election and subject to Section 2.10;

        provided that clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition are subject to the
following:

        (A) any  Interest  Period  (other  than an  Interest  Period  determined
pursuant to clause (C) below) which would  otherwise end on a day which is not a
Business Day shall be extended to the next  succeeding  Business Day unless such
Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period
shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

        (B) any  Interest  Period  which  begins on the last  Business  Day of a
calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically  corresponding day
in the calendar  month at the end of such  Interest  Period)  shall,  subject to
clause (C) below, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;

        (C)  no Interest  Period  shall  end after the  Converted Loan Repayment
Date; and

        (D) with  respect  to all Libor  Loans,  no more than five (5)  Interest
Periods may be in effect at any time.

        "Interest Rate Election" means the Borrower's  irrevocable telecopied or
telephonic  notice of election,  which shall be promptly  confirmed by a written
notice of  election  that  Effective  Prime or the Libor Rate shall apply to any
Loan or any  portion  of a Loan,  which  shall,  subject to this  Agreement,  be
effective on the next Interest  Adjustment  Date,  such telecopied or telephonic
notice and written  confirmation thereof to be in the form of Exhibit 1.4 and to
be received by the Agent prior to 12:00  o'clock  P.M. on a Business  Day and at
least three (3) Business Days prior to an Interest  Adjustment  Date in the case
of a Libor  Loan (or  four (4)  Business  Days in the case of an  Interest  Rate
Election as to which the consent of the Lenders is required),  and by 12:00 p.m.
on an  Interest  Adjustment  Date in the case of a Prime  Rate  Loan,  each such
Interest  Rate  Election,  subject to the terms of this  Agreement,  to effect a
change  in the  interest  rate  on the  applicable  portion  of the  Loans  then
outstanding,  with respect to which such Interest  Rate Election was made,  such
change to occur on the Interest  Adjustment Date next succeeding receipt of such
Interest Rate Election by the Agent. Any Interest Rate Election  received by the
Agent after 12 o'clock P.M. on a Business Day shall be deemed,  for all purposes
of this  Agreement  to have been  received  prior to 12 o'clock P.M. on the next
succeeding Business Day.

        "Interim  Interest  Expense"  means,  during the period from the Closing
Date through the earlier of the date on which all the Pending  Acquisitions have
been  consummated  or April 30, 1996,  all  expenditures  constituting  Interest
Expense made in

                                                        14

<PAGE>



respect  of the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  less (i) the  amount of  Interest
Expense  attributable  to  the  aggregate  amount  of  proceeds  of  the  Senior
Subordinated  Notes  used to prepay  Loan A (as  defined  in the  Original  Loan
Agreement) and (ii) the amount of Interest  Expense payable with respect to that
amount of proceeds of the Senior Subordinated Notes used to pay a portion of the
purchase price of any Pending Acquisition.

        "Investment"  means any  investment in any Person  whether by means of a
purchase of capital  stock,  notes,  bonds,  debentures  or other  evidences  of
Indebtedness  and/or by means of a capital or  partnership  contribution,  loan,
deposit, advance or otherwise.

        "Investors" means, collectively, the entities (other than Vantage, Vista
and Old Galaxy) listed on Exhibit 1.3 hereto.

        "Lender"  means any financial  institution  which is now a party to this
Agreement,  or at any time hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement  pursuant
to the terms of Section  9.11 hereof,  each in their  individual  capacity,  and
"Lenders" means each of such financial institutions.

        "Libor Loan" means any Loan or any portion of a Loan bearing interest at
the Libor Rate.

        "Libor Rate" means, for any Interest Period,  the Adjusted Libor Rate in
effect  on the first day of such  Interest  Period  (subject  to  adjustment  as
provided in the definition of Adjusted  Libor Rate) plus the  Applicable  Margin
for Libor Loans from time to time in effect.

        "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge,  hypothecation,  assignment,  deposit
arrangement,  encumbrance, lien (statutory or other) or other security agreement
or preferential  arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including without
limitation  any  conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement  and any
Capitalized Lease Obligation)  having  substantially the same economic effect as
any of the  foregoing  and the  filing  of any  financing  statement  under  the
applicable  Uniform  Commercial  Code or comparable law of any  jurisdiction  in
respect of any of the foregoing.

        "LLC" means  Galaxy  Telecom  Investments,  L.L.C.,  a Delaware  limited
liability company which is a general and a limited partner of GTLP.

        "Loans" and "Loan" means at any time the outstanding principal amount of
Indebtedness  owed to the Lenders  consisting of Revolving  Loans, the Converted
Loan, and the Term Loan made or continued pursuant to this Agreement.

        "Majority Lenders" means, when there are fewer than three Lenders,  each
of the Lenders,  and when there are three or more  Lenders,  Lenders  holding an
aggregate Pro Rata Share of the outstanding principal balance of the Loans in an
amount equal to or in excess of 51% of the total  outstanding  principal balance

                                                        15

<PAGE>


of the Loans but in no event less than three  Lenders (or four  Lenders if there
are seven or more Lenders).

        "Management  Agreement"  means that certain  Management  Agreement dated
December 23, 1994 between  GTLP and the  Manager,  in the form  delivered to the
Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date.

        "Management  Fees"  means the  aggregate  of all fees and other forms of
compensation  paid or  incurred by GTLP  and/or any  Subsidiary  pursuant to the
Management Agreement.

        "Management  LLC"  means  Galaxy  Telecom  Management,  L.L.C.,  a Texas
limited liability company.

        "Manager" means Galaxy Systems Management, Inc., a Missouri corporation.

        "Material  Adverse  Effect"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.1.1.

        "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan as defined  in  Title IV
of ERISA.

        "Net  Income"  means,  for any fiscal  period,  the net after tax income
(loss) of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for such period  determined  on a
combined basis in accordance with GAAP.

        "Note" means any Term Note or Revolving  Note,  and "Notes" means all of
the Notes, collectively.

        "Obligations" mean any and all Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities
of GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp. and/or any of their  Subsidiaries to any one or
or more of the Lenders and/or the Agent of every kind and description,  absolute
or contingent,  due or to become due,  whether for payment or  performance,  now
existing  or  hereafter  arising,  including,  without  limitation,  all  Loans,
interest,  taxes,  fees,  charges,  and expenses under the Financing  Documents,
fees,   charges  and  expenses  in  connection  with  any  interest   protection
arrangement  under Section 2.7.5 and attorneys'  fees  chargeable to GTLP,  GTI,
LLC,  Capital Corp.  and/or any of their  Subsidiaries or incurred by any of the
Lenders and/or the Agent hereunder or under any of the Financing Documents.

        "Officer's  Certificate" means a certificate signed by a duly authorized
officer of the Borrower,  or signed by a duly authorized  officer of the Manager
as duly authorized  agent of the Borrower,  and delivered to the Agent on behalf
of the Lenders.

        "Old Galaxy" means Galaxy Cablevision, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership.

        "Operating Cash Flow" means,  for any fiscal period,  the Borrower's Net
Income,  plus  Interest  Expense  for such  fiscal  period,  plus the  amount of
depreciation  and  amortization for such fiscal period plus non-cash charges for
such fiscal period,  plus any Subordinated  Management Fees accrued and not paid
in cash during such fiscal period, less the amount of extraordinary gains during
such fiscal period, plus the

                                                        16

<PAGE>



amount of  extraordinary  losses during such fiscal  period,  plus the amount of
Closing Costs for such fiscal period, in each case to the extent deducted or (in
the case of extraordinary gains) added in the calculation of Net Income for such
fiscal period and all determined on a combined basis in accordance with GAAP.

        "Original  Loan  Agreement"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in the
Preliminary Statements hereto.

        "PBGC"  means the  Pension  Benefit  Guarantee  Corporation  established
pursuant to subtitle A of Title 4 of ERISA.

        "P.M."  means a time from and  including 12 o'clock noon on any Business
Day to the end of such Business Day using Eastern  Standard  (Daylight  Savings)
time.

        "Pending   Acquisitions"  means  the  proposed   acquisitions  of  cable
television systems from Douglas,  Buford,  Phoenix, Vista Narragansett and Vista
I, with respect to which the Borrower has entered into Asset Purchase Agreements
dated, respectively, July 19, 1995, July 19, 1995, July 19, 1995, August 8, 1995
and August 31, 1995.

        "Permitted Acquisition" shall have the meaning specified in Section
5.2.12 hereof.

        "Permitted  Cable  System" means a cable  television  system or group of
systems  which are being  acquired by the Borrower in one or a series of related
transactions  (a) with  respect to which the  Borrower  can  demonstrate  to the
reasonable  satisfaction of the Majority Lenders that the Operating Cash Flow of
such  system or group of systems  divided by Gross  Revenues  of such  system or
group of systems for the most recent 12- month period (on an adjusted basis) has
been 35% or more, and (b) which are located in reasonable proximity to the cable
television systems then operated by the Borrower.

        "Permitted  Encumbrances"  means those  Liens,  security  interests  and
defects in title listed on Exhibit 1.7 hereto.

        "Permitted  Restricted  Payment"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in
Section 5.2.11 (i).

        "Person" means an individual,  corporation,  partnership, joint venture,
trust,  or  unincorporated  organization,  or a  government  or  any  agency  or
political subdivision thereof.

        "Phoenix"  means  Phoenix  Country  Cable,  Joint  Venture, a California
limited partnership.

        "Plan"  means an  employee  benefit  plan or other plan  maintained  for
employees of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity and covered by Title
IV of ERISA.


                                                        17

<PAGE>


     "Pledge and Assignment Agreement" means the Pledge and Assignment Agreement
dated as of September  28, 1995 among GTLP,  Capital Corp.  and Boatmen's  Trust
Company, as trustee.

        "Premises" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1.24.1.

        "Prime  Rate"  means  (i)  the  floating  rate  of  interest  per  annum
designated from time to time by the Agent as being its "prime rate" of interest,
such interest rate to be adjusted on the effective date of any change thereof by
the Agent, it being  understood that such rate of interest may not be the lowest
rate of interest  from time to time charged by the Agent or (ii) during the last
four (4) Business Days of each calendar year and the first two (2) Business Days
of the  immediately  succeeding  calendar  year, if higher than (i), the Federal
Funds Rate,  such  interest  rate to be adjusted  on the  effective  date of any
change thereof by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

        "Prime Rate  Loan(s)"  means any Loan or any  portion of a Loan  bearing
interest at Effective Prime.

        "Pro Rata Share" means (i) with respect to the Commitment, each Lender's
percentage  share of the  Commitment  as set  forth  immediately  opposite  such
Lender's name on Exhibit 1.8, and (ii) with respect to the Loans,  each Lender's
percentage share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loans.

        "Projections" means Borrower's written projections of its 10-year future
performance  dated July 27, 1995 delivered to the Agent and the Lenders prior to
the Closing Date and  certified by the Borrower on the Closing Date as being the
Projections.

        "Reference  Lenders"  means two Lenders  (one of which may be the Agent)
selected by the Agent in its discretion from time to time as a reference  lender
for purposes of determining the Adjusted Libor Rate, provided that if any Lender
(other than the Agent) shall have a rating issued by a National Rating Agency at
least equal to A, then any Reference Lender (other than the Agent) shall have at
least such an A rating as well.

        "Related  Documents"  means the  Indenture,  the Pledge  and  Assignment
Agreement,  and any other  documents  executed  in  connection  with the  Senior
Subordinated Notes.

        "Related   Transactions"   means   consummation   of  the   transactions
contemplated  by the Related  Documents  and  consummation  of the  transactions
constituting the Additional Equity.

        "Request"  means a written  request for the Loans in the form of Exhibit
1.9,  received  by the Agent on  behalf  of the  Lenders  from the  Borrower  in
accordance  with  this  Agreement,  specifying  the date on which  the  Borrower
desires  such  Loans and the  disbursement  instructions  of the  Borrower  with
respect thereto.

        "Reportable Event" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Title
 IV of ERISA.

                                                        18

<PAGE>


        "Revolving  Commitment"  means the Lenders' several  commitments to make
Revolving Loans as set forth in Section 2.1.2. hereof in the maximum outstanding
amount of each Lender's Pro Rata Share of $58,500,000.

        "Revolving Loan" shall have  the  meaning  specified  in  Section  2.1.2
hereof.

        "Revolving  Note" means a Revolving  Note of the  Borrower  payable to a
Lender in the form of Exhibit  1.6 hereto  evidencing  the  indebtedness  of the
Borrower  to such  Lender  with  respect to the  Revolving  Loans  owing to such
Lender.

        "Section" means, when followed by a number, the section or subsection of
this Agreement bearing that number.

        "Security  Documents"  means  any and  all  documents,  instruments  and
agreements  now or  hereafter  providing  security  for the  Loans and any other
Indebtedness  of  GTLP,  GTI,  LLC  Capital  Corp.  or  any  of  the  Borrower's
Subsidiaries to the Lenders and/or the Agent,  including without  limitation the
following:  (i) any  mortgages on and  collateral  assignments  of real property
interests (fee, leasehold and easement) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
GTI granting first Liens thereon;  (ii) security agreements granting first Liens
on all GTLP's, its Subsidiaries', GTI's, LLC's, and Capital Corp.'s fixtures and
tangible and  intangible  personal  property;  (iii) a collateral  assignment of
Borrower's,  its  Subsidiaries'  and  GTI's  contracts,  licenses,  permits  and
Franchises;  (iv) those certain  partnership  interest pledge agreements between
the Agent and Vantage, GTI and LLC; (v) the Affiliate  Subordination  Agreement;
(vi) those certain limited liability company interest pledge agreements  between
the  Investors,  Management  LLC and the Agent;  (vii) that certain Stock Pledge
Agreement  regarding the shares of GTI between the  shareholders  of GTI and the
Agent; (viii) those certain Unlimited  Guaranties of GTI, LLC, and Capital Corp.
in favor of the Agent;  (ix) title and  casualty  insurance  policies  providing
coverage to the Agent;  and (x) UCC-1  financing  statements or similar  filings
perfecting the above-referenced  security interests, all as executed,  delivered
to and  accepted  by the  Agent  either in  connection  with the  Original  Loan
Agreement  or on or  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  as same  may be  amended  or
otherwise modified from time to time in writing by the Agent (with the authority
of the requisite Lenders) and the parties thereto.

        "Seller  Notes" means those  certain  promissory  notes issued by GTI in
favor of any one or more of Chartwell,  Old Galaxy, Vantage, or Vista as partial
payment of the purchase  price under those  certain  Asset  Purchase  Agreements
dated,  respectively,  June 8, 1994,  May 16, 1994 and November 11, 1994 between
GTLP (as  assignee  of Galaxy  Management,  Inc.) and  Vantage,  Old  Galaxy and
Chartwell,  and that  certain  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated June 13,1994
between GTLP (as assignee of Galaxy Management, Inc.) and Vista.

        "Selling Lender" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
9.11.1.


                                                        19

<PAGE>



        "Senior  Indebtedness"  means all  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower to the
Lenders  and/or  the Agent  from  time to time  outstanding  including,  without
limitation,  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes and any
accrued and unpaid principal,  interest,  fees and other charges due under other
Financing Documents,  plus the net aggregate rentals under any Capitalized Lease
Obligation.

        "Senior Subordinated Notes" means the 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2005 issued by GTLP and Capital Corp. pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Single Employer Plan" means any Plan which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

        "Subordinated  Management  Fees" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 5.2.11 hereof.

        "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation,  if any, of which more than 50% of
the  outstanding  capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority
of the board of  directors  or other  managers of such entity  (irrespective  of
whether or not at the time  capital  stock of any other class or classes of such
corporation  shall  or might  have  voting  power  upon  the  occurrence  of any
contingency)  is at the time directly or indirectly  owned by the Borrower or by
the  Borrower  and/or  one or  more  Subsidiaries  or the  management  of  which
corporation  is under  control  of the  Borrower  and/or  any other  Subsidiary,
directly or  indirectly  through one or more Persons and any other Person which,
under GAAP, should at any time for financial  reporting purposes be consolidated
or combined with the Borrower and/or any other Subsidiary.

        "Substituted Lender" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11 hereof.

        "Substitution Agreement" has  the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term  in
Section 9.11.1.

        "Systems"  means  (i)  the  cable  television  systems  acquired  by the
Borrower  pursuant to the Pending  Acquisitions,  and (ii) any  Permitted  Cable
System acquired by the Borrower, and "System" means any one of them.

        "System Asset Sale" means the sale by the Borrower,  GTI or one of their
Subsidiaries  to a third party which is not an  Affiliate of the Borrower of one
or more Franchises and the assets related to such Franchise.

        "Term  Loan"  means the term  loan in the  initial  principal  amount of
$8,000,000  made by the Lenders  pursuant to the  Original  Loan  Agreement  and
continued pursuant to Section 2.1.1 hereof.

        "Term  Note"  means an Amended and  Restated  Term Note of the  Borrower
payable  to the order of a Lender in the form of Exhibit  1.5 hereto  evidencing
the  indebtedness  of the  Borrower to such Lender with respect to the Term Loan
plus any Additional Principal owing to such Lender.


                                                        20

<PAGE>



        "Term Loan  Repayment  Date"  means the earlier to occur of (i) June 30,
2003, or (ii) such earlier date on which the Obligations  become immediately due
and payable pursuant to the terms hereof.

        "Total Cash Interest Expense" means, with respect to any fiscal quarter,
Interest Expense for such fiscal quarter, minus Additional Principal accrued for
such fiscal quarter, minus Interim Interest Expense for such fiscal quarter.

        "Total Debt Service" means, for any fiscal quarter of the Borrower,  the
sum of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Total Cash Interest Expense for such
quarter (exclusive of any Closing Costs),  plus the amount necessary to meet the
regularly  scheduled  principal   amortization  on  the  Loans,  plus  regularly
scheduled  payments on other  Indebtedness and Capitalized  Lease Obligations of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter.

        "Unused Revolving  Commitment"  means, with respect to any Lender,  such
Lender's  Pro Rata  Share of the  Revolving  Commitment  at such time minus such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of all Revolving Loans outstanding at such time.

        "Unit" means a single residential  dwelling or commercial building which
can be  connected  by a single drop line.  In the case of  multiple  residential
dwellings,  such as apartment houses,  mobile home parks and multi-family homes,
which do not obtain  reduced bulk service  rates,  each  separate  dwelling unit
shall be  counted as one Unit.  The  number of Units in a  multiple  residential
dwelling  which does  obtain a reduced  bulk  service  rate shall be obtained by
dividing (x) the aggregate  dollar amount of monthly  subscriber's  fees paid by
all  individual  subscribers  within such  dwelling for Basic Service by (y) the
maximum monthly subscriber's fee charged by the Borrower to a single residential
dwelling connected by a single drop line for Basic Service. The term "Passed" as
applied to a Unit shall mean a Unit which can be connected by a single drop line
from Active Plant.

        "Vantage" means Vantage Cable Associates, L.P., an Iowa limited
partnership.

        "Vista" means Vista Communications Limited Partnership III, a Delaware
limited partnership.

        "Vista I" means Vista  Communications  Limited Partnership I, a Delaware
limited partnership.

        "Vista Narragansett" means Vista/Narragansett Cable L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership.

        Section 1.2.  Accounting  Terms.  All accounting  terms not specifically
defined  herein shall be  construed in  accordance  with GAAP,  calculations  of
amounts for the  purposes  of  calculating  any  financial  covenants  or ratios
hereunder  shall be made in accordance  with GAAP applied on a basis  consistent
with those used in the financial  statements prepared by Old Galaxy with respect
to the Systems being acquired from

                                                        21

<PAGE>



Old Galaxy and referred to in Section 4.1.5 (other than departures therefrom not
material in their impact),  and all financial  data  submitted  pursuant to this
Agreement  shall  be  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  including,  without
limitation, that items of trade or barter shall be excluded.

        Section 1.3. Other Terms.  The words "hereof,"  "herein" and "hereunder"
and words of similar  import  when used in this  Agreement  shall  refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.



                                   ARTICLE 2.


                          AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOANS

        Section 2.1.  The Loans.

                Section 2.1.1. Term Loan. Each of the Lenders has made,  subject
to the terms and conditions of the Original Loan  Agreement,  a term loan to the
Borrower in the amount of their  respective  Pro Rata Share of  $8,000,000  (the
"Term Loan"),  and each Lender agrees to continue the Term Loan,  subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement.  The principal  balance of the Term Loan
outstanding on December 31, 2002 shall be repaid in two installments,  the first
such  installment  to be in the amount of $4,000,000 and to be paid on March 31,
2003, with the remaining balance (including,  without limitation, any Additional
Principal) to be repaid on the Term Loan Repayment Date.

                Section  2.1.2.  Revolving  Loans.  (a)  Each  Lender  severally
agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  to make advances
(each a "Revolving  Loan") to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day
during the period from the date hereof  until the  Conversion  Date in an amount
not to exceed such Lender's  Unused  Revolving  Commitment on such Business Day.
Each Revolving Loan shall be in an aggregate  principal  amount of not less than
$250,000,  and shall  consist of each  Lender's Pro Rata Share of the  principal
amount  of the  Loan  requested.  Within  the  limits  of each  Lender's  Unused
Revolving  Commitment in effect from time to time, the Borrower may borrow under
this Section 2.1.2,  prepay  pursuant to Section 2.7.2,  and reborrow under this
Section 2.1.2.

        (b) On the Conversion Date,  subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement  and so long as no  Default  or Event of  Default  has  occurred,  the
aggregate  principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding on that date shall be
converted to a term loan (the "Converted  Loan"),  with each Lender being deemed
to have made a loan in an amount  equal to such  Lender's  Pro Rata Share of the
Converted Loan.  Commencing on March 31, 1998, the Borrower shall make principal
repayments  equal to, in the aggregate for each calendar year,  the  percentages
set forth below of the outstanding  principal  balance of the Revolving Loans on
the Conversion Date, with the aggregate

                                                        22

<PAGE>



principal payment for each year to be divided into equal quarterly installments,
payable on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter:

                                                       Percentage of
           Repayment Dates                             Outstanding Principal
           ---------------                             ---------------------
 
                    1998                                        6%

                    1999                                        16%

                    2000                                        22%

                    2001                                        26%

                    2002                                        30%

     Any remaining  outstanding  principal of the Converted Loan,  together with
all accrued and unpaid interest thereon,  shall be payable on the Converted Loan
Repayment Date,

        Section 2.1.3.  Ability to Request Loans.  Without  the  prior  written
consent of all of the Lenders,  Capital Corp.  shall not be permitted to request
or receive any Loan, or any proceeds of any Loan, hereunder.

        Section 2.2. Making Revolving  Loans.  Each Revolving Loan shall be made
on notice,  given not later than 11:00  A.M.  Providence  time,  (i) on the same
Business Day such Revolving Loan is to be made, if the requested Loan is to be a
Prime Rate Loan,  and (ii) on the Business Day three  Business Days prior to the
day such  Revolving  Loan is to be made, if the requested  Loan is to be a Libor
Loan. Each such request (a "Borrowing  Request") shall be  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit 1.9 hereto, specifying the requested (i) date of such Loan, (ii)
aggregate  principal  amount of such Loan, (iii) whether such Loan is to be made
as a Prime  Rate Loan or a Libor  Loan,  (iv) in the case of a Libor  Loan,  the
initial  Interest  Period for such Loan, and (v) the purpose of such Loan.  Upon
receipt of such  Borrowing  Request,  the Agent shall  notify the Lenders of the
specifics of such request,  and each Lender shall make available to the Agent in
immediately  available funds its Pro Rata Share of such Revolving Loan not later
than  2:00  P.M.  on the date such Loan is  proposed  to be made.  Any  Lender's
failure to make  available to the Agent its Pro Rata Share of any Loan shall not
relieve any other Lender of its  obligation to make available its Pro Rata Share
of such Loan.

        Section 2.3.  Interest and Fees on the Loans.

                Section 2.3.1.  Interest.  Interest  shall  accrue  and  be paid
currently  on  the  principal  balances  of the  Loans  (other  than  Additional
Principal) at Effective  Prime or the Libor Rate for each of the Loans' Interest
Periods in accordance  with the  Borrower's  Borrowing  Request or Interest Rate
Elections  for the  Loans,  subject  to and in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions of this Agreement and the Notes. The

                                                        23

<PAGE>



Borrower  shall pay such  interest to the Agent for the pro rata account of each
Lender in arrears on the Loans  (including,  without  limitation,  Libor  Loans)
outstanding  from time to time after the date  hereof,  in  accordance  with the
following:  (a) if any Loan or any portion of a Loan is a Prime Rate Loan,  such
payments shall be made  quarterly on the last Business Day of each March,  June,
September and December of each year  commencing  September 30, 1995;  (b) if any
Loan or any  portion  of Loan is a Libor  Loan and is for a term of more than 90
days,  such  payments  shall be made  quarterly on the last Business Day of each
March, June,  September and December of each year commencing  September 30, 1995
and,  in  addition  to each such  quarterly  payment  required  pursuant  to the
foregoing,  with  respect  to each  such  Libor  Loan as to  which  an  Interest
Adjustment Date occurs,  on each such Interest  Adjustment  Date; and (c) if any
Loan or any  portion  of a Loan is a Libor  Loan and is for a term of 90 days or
less,  with  respect to each such Libor Loan as to which an Interest  Adjustment
Date occurs, on each such Interest Adjustment Date.

                Section 2.3.2. Additional Interest on the Term Loan. In addition
to the  interest  accruing  and being paid on the Term Loan  pursuant to Section
2.3.1 hereof, an amount of interest on the outstanding  principal balance of the
Term Loan  (excluding the Additional  Principal,  as defined below) shall accrue
and be payable  quarterly  in arrears on the last  Business  Day of each  March,
June, September and December commencing March 31, 1995 at a rate per annum equal
to the excess,  if any, of 15% per annum over the the rate of interest from time
to time accruing and being paid on the Term Loan under Section 2.3.1 hereof, and
an amount of  interest  on the  Additional  Principal  shall  accrue and be paid
quarterly  in  arrears  on the last  date of each  March,  June,  September  and
December   commencing   June  30,  1995  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  15%
(collectively,   the  "Financeable  Interest").  The  aggregate  amount  of  all
Financeable Interest shall be deemed loaned by the Lenders to the Borrower as of
the quarterly accrual date on which it accrues,  shall be added to the principal
of the Term Notes as of such date and shall  constitute  "Additional  Principal"
for all purposes hereof.

     Section  2.3.3.  Fees.  (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own
account  certain fees as  specified  in a side letter  between the Agent and the
Borrower dated August 28, 1995.

        (b) The Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for the ratable  benefit of the
Lenders an unused  commitment  fee equal to one-half of one percent  (0.50%) per
annum  (computed  on the  basis of the  actual  number of days  elapsed  using a
360-day year) of the average daily Unused Revolver Commitment, payable quarterly
in arrears commencing on September 30, 1995 and on the last Business Day of each
March, June, September and December thereafter.

        (c) The Borrower  shall on the Closing Date pay to the Agent for the pro
rata account of each Lender an amendment fee equal to $181,250.00.

                Section  2.3.4.  Increased  Costs - Capital.  If, after the date
hereof, any Lender shall have reasonably  determined that the adoption after the
date  hereof of any  applicable  law,  governmental  rule,  regulation  or order
regarding capital adequacy of

                                                        24

<PAGE>



banks or bank holding  companies,  or any change  therein,  or any change in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority,  central
bank or comparable  agency  charged with the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof, or compliance by such Lender with any policy,  guideline,  directive or
request  regarding  capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law and
whether  or not  failure  to comply  therewith  would be  unlawful)  of any such
authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
reducing  the rate of return on the capital of such Lender as a  consequence  of
the obligations hereunder of such Lender to a level below that which such Lender
could have achieved but for such  adoption,  change or  compliance  (taking into
consideration  the  policies  of such Lender  with  respect to capital  adequacy
immediately  before such  adoption,  change or compliance  and assuming that the
capital of such  Lender was fully  utilized  prior to such  adoption,  change or
compliance) by an amount reasonably  deemed by such Lender to be material,  then
such Lender  shall  notify the Agent and the  Borrower  thereof and the Borrower
shall pay to the  Agent  for the  account  of such  Lender  from time to time as
specified  by such  Lender such  additional  amounts as shall be  sufficient  to
compensate such Lender for such reduced return,  each such payment to be made by
the  Borrower  within five (5)  Business  Days after each demand by such Lender,
provided  that the liability of the Borrower to pay such costs shall only accrue
with respect to costs  accruing from and after the 90th day prior to the date of
each such demand.  A certificate in reasonable  detail of one of the officers of
such Lender describing the event giving rise to such reduction and setting forth
the amount to be paid to such Lender  hereunder  shall accompany any such demand
and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be presumed correct. In determining
such  amount,  such  Lender may use any  reasonable  averaging  and  attribution
methods.

        Section  2.4.  Notations.  At the time of (i) the  making  of each  Loan
evidenced by any of the Notes,  (ii) each change in the interest  rate under any
of the Notes effected as a result of an Interest Rate  Election;  and (iii) each
payment  or  prepayment  of any of the  Notes,  each  Lender  may enter upon its
records an appropriate  notation  evidencing (a) such Lender's Pro Rata Share of
the Loans and (b) the interest  rate and  Interest  Adjustment  Date  applicable
thereto or (c) such payment or  prepayment  of principal  and (d) in the case of
payments or prepayments of principal,  the portion of the applicable  Loan which
was paid or  prepaid.  No failure  to make any such  notation  shall  affect the
Borrower's  unconditional  obligations to repay the Loans and all interest, fees
and other sums due in connection with this Agreement  and/or any of the Notes in
full,  nor  shall any such  failure,  standing  alone,  constitute  grounds  for
disproving a payment of principal by the  Borrower.  However,  in the absence of
manifest  error,  such  notations  and each  Lender's  records  containing  such
notations  shall  constitute  presumptive  evidence of the facts stated therein,
including,  without limitation, the outstanding amount of such Lender's Pro Rata
Share of the Loans and all amounts due and owing to such Lender at any time. Any
such  notations  and such  Lender's  records  containing  such  notations may be
introduced in evidence in any judicial or administrative  proceeding relating to
this Agreement, the Loans or any of the Notes.

        Section 2.5.  Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest and  fees  due
under this  Agreement  and under the Notes  shall be  computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed.


                                                        25

<PAGE>



        Section 2.6.  Time of Payments and Prepayments in  Immediately Available
Funds and Setoff.

                Section 2.6.1.  Time. All payments and prepayments of principal,
fees, interest and any other amounts owed from time to time under this Agreement
and/or  under  any of the  Notes  shall  be made to the  Agent  for the pro rata
account of each Lender at the address  referred to in Section 9.6 in Dollars and
in immediately  available  funds prior to 12:00 o'clock P.M. on the Business Day
that such payment is due,  provided  that the  Borrower  hereby  authorizes  and
instructs the Agent to charge against the Borrower's  accounts with the Agent on
each date on which a payment is due  hereunder  and/or under any of the Notes an
amount up to the  principal,  interest  and fees due and payable to the Lenders,
the Agent or any Lender  hereunder and/or under any of the Notes and such charge
shall be deemed payment  hereunder and under the Notes in question to the extent
that  immediately  available funds are then in such accounts.  In addition,  the
Borrower hereby  irrevocably  authorizes the Agent, if and to the extent payment
of any installment of principal, interest and/or fees hereunder and/or under any
of the Notes is not made when due,  to charge  against the  Borrower's  accounts
with the Agent an amount equal to the amount thereof not paid when due. Any such
payment  or  prepayment  which  is  received  by the  Agent  in  Dollars  and in
immediately  available  funds after 12 o'clock  P.M. on a Business  Day shall be
deemed  received  for all  purposes  of this  Agreement  on the next  succeeding
Business Day except that solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default
has occurred under Section 6.1.1,  any such payment or prepayment if received by
the Agent prior to the close of the Agent's  business on a Business Day shall be
deemed received on such Business Day. All payments of principal,  interest, fees
and any other  amounts which are owing to any or all of the Lenders or the Agent
hereunder  and/or  under  any of the  Notes  that are  received  by the Agent in
immediately  available  Dollars  prior to 12:00 o'clock P.M. on any Business Day
shall,  to the extent owing to the Lenders other than the Agent, be sent by wire
transfer by the Agent (in each case, without deduction for any claim, defense or
offset of any type) before 3:00 o'clock P.M. on the same Business Day. Each such
wire  transfer  shall be  addressed to each Lender in  accordance  with the wire
instructions set forth in Exhibit 2.6.1 hereto. The amount of each payment wired
by the Agent to each such Lender  shall be such amount as shall be  necessary to
provide  such  Lender  with  its  Pro  Rata  Share  of  such  payment   (without
consideration  or use of any contra accounts of any Lender),  or with such other
amount as may be owing to such Lender in accordance with this Agreement (in each
case, without deduction for any claim, defense or offset of any type). Each such
wire  transfer  shall be sent by the Agent  only  after  the Agent has  received
immediately  available  Dollars  from or on behalf of the Borrower and each such
wire  transfer  shall  provide  each  Lender  receiving  same  with  immediately
available  Dollars on receipt by such Lender.  Any such payments of  immediately
available Dollars received by the Agent after 12:00 o'clock P.M. and before 3:00
o'clock  P.M. on any  Business  Day shall be forwarded in the same manner by the
Agent to such Lenders as soon as  practicable  on said  Business Day, and if any
such payments of immediately  available  Dollars are received by the Agent after
3:00 o'clock P.M. on a Business Day, the Agent  shall so forward  same  to  such
Lenders before 10:00 o'clock A.M. on the immediately succeeding Business Day.


                                                        26

<PAGE>




                Section 2.6.2.  Setoff,  etc. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance  of any  Event of  Default,  each  Lender  and the  Agent is  hereby
authorized  at any time and from time to time,  without  notice to the  Borrower
(any such notice being expressly  waived by the Borrower),  to set off and apply
any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,  provisional or final)
at any time held and any other  Indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to
or for the credit or the  account  of the  Borrower  against  any and all of the
Obligations  of the  Borrower  irrespective  of whether or not such Lender shall
have made any demand under this  Agreement or any of its Notes and although such
obligations  may be unmatured.  Each such Lender  agrees to promptly  notify the
Borrower and the Agent after any such setoff and application;  provided that the
failure to give such  notice  shall not affect the  validity  of such setoff and
application.  Promptly following any notice of setoff received by the Agent from
a Lender  pursuant to the  foregoing,  the Agent shall  notify each other Lender
thereof.  The rights of each Lender under this Section  2.6.2 are in addition to
all other rights and remedies  (including,  without limitation,  other rights of
setoff) which such Lender may have and are subject to Section 9.12.

                Section 2.6.3.  Unconditional Obligations and No Deductions. The
Borrower's  obligation to make all payments  provided for in this  Agreement and
the other Financing Documents shall be unconditional. Each such payment shall be
made without deduction for any claim,  defense or offset of any type,  including
without limitation any withholdings and other deductions on account of income or
other taxes and  regardless  of whether  any claims,  defenses or offsets of any
type exist.

        Section 2.7.  Prepayment and Certain Payments.

                Section 2.7.1.  Mandatory Payments.

          Section 2.7.1.1.  In addition to each other principal payment required
hereunder, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be repaid on
the Term Loan  Repayment  Date,  and the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Converted Loan shall be repaid on the Converted Loan Repayment Date.

              Section 2.7.1.2.  On or before the 120th day after the end of each
fiscal year of the Borrower  commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31,
1997,  the  Borrower  shall  prepay to the Agent for the pro rata account of the
Lenders an amount of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Converted Loan,
(or the Term Loan if the Converted Loan has been repaid in full) equal to 70% of
the Excess Cash Flow of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries for such fiscal year;
provided that if, on the due date of any such  principal  payment,  such payment
would reduce the Borrower's cash on hand to less than $250,000, the Borrower may
elect to defer paying only that portion of such  payment  which  reduces cash on
hand to less than $250,000,  in which event,  on the last day of each succeeding
calendar month,  the Borrower shall make a payment of the deferred amount to the
extent that it has cash on hand in excess of $250,000 until

                                                        27
<PAGE>



such time as the entire deferred amount has been paid. All such deferred amounts
shall bear  interest at the then current  Effective  Prime plus 2% per year (but
without duplication). Such prepayments shall be in addition to any and all other
mandatory and voluntary prepayments required or permitted hereunder and shall be
applied to the outstanding  principal balances of the Converted Loan or the Term
Loan in the inverse order of their maturity.

            Section 2.7.1.3.  Simultaneously with the receipt by the Borrower of
the cash proceeds of any Asset Sale occurring prior to the Conversion  Date, the
Borrower  shall  prepay to the Agent for the pro rata account of each Lender the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Revolving Loans in an amount equal to the
net (after reasonable  expenses) cash proceeds thereof.  Simultaneously with the
receipt by the Borrower of the cash  proceeds of any Asset Sale  occurring on or
after the  Conversion  Date,  the Borrower shall prepay to the Agent for the pro
rata account of each Lender a portion of the Converted Loan and the Term Loan in
an amount equal to the amount of such net cash proceeds,  to be applied first to
the principal of the Converted  Loan (in the inverse order of maturity) with the
excess,  if any,  being  applied  to the  principal  balance  of the  Term  Loan
installments  coming due in the inverse order of maturity.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  on or after the  Conversion  Date, so long as no Default or Event of
Default  exists,  and so long as no Default or Event of Default would be created
thereby on a pro forma basis,  the Borrower  shall be permitted to  consummate a
System  Asset  Sale or series of System  Asset  Sales for  aggregate  net (after
reasonable  expenses)  sale  proceeds to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed
$5,000,000 in unapplied sale proceeds at any one time; provided,  however,  that
such System  Asset Sale  proceeds are paid to the Agent to be held in escrow for
the account of the Borrower and the Lenders;  and provided further that at least
95% of the purchase price for each System Asset Sale shall be in cash.  While it
is holding such System Asset Cash Sale  proceeds in escrow,  the Agent is hereby
authorized to invest the same in Cash Equivalent Investments of its own choosing
and any income  thereon shall be paid monthly to the  Borrower.  All such System
Asset Sale cash  proceeds  shall be  reinvested  by the  Borrower  to effect the
acquisition of Permitted  Cable Systems within eight months after the receipt by
the  Borrower  of such  proceeds  and any such  cash  proceeds  which are not so
reinvested  within  such  eight  month  period  shall be applied by the Agent to
permanently  reduce the  Revolving  Commitment  in an amount  equal to such cash
proceeds  not  reinvested,  or paid by the  Agent  to the  Lenders  for pro rata
application to the Converted Loan installments in inverse order of maturity,  if
such prepayment occurs after the Conversion Date, , or if the Converted Loan has
been repaid,  to the Term Loan  installments in inverse order of their maturity.
The terms of this Section  shall not be construed as  constituting  a consent by
the Lenders to any such Asset Sale or System Asset Sale which would otherwise be
prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Agent shall release the cash
proceeds of any System Asset Sales to the Borrower to effect the  acquisition of
a Permitted  Cable System only after the terms of such  acquisition  (including,
without limitation,  the Security Documents and collateral relating thereto) has
been  approved by the Majority  Lenders and the following  terms and  conditions
have been satisfied with respect to such acquisition:

                                                        28

<PAGE>



                (a)  Immediately  prior to and upon  such  release,  no Event of
                Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
                Borrower   shall  have   provided  the  Lenders  with   evidence
                satisfactory to them to the effect that, upon the acquisition of
                the Permitted  Cable System in question,  no Default or Event of
                Default will exist on a pro forma basis.

                (b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained
                in Article 4, infra,  shall be true and correct in all  material
                respects on and as of the date of such release except as altered
                hereafter by actions not  prohibited  hereunder.  The Borrower's
                delivery of a Request for such  release  shall be deemed to be a
                representation  and  warranty by the  Borrower as of the date of
                such release as to the facts  specified  in Sections  2.7.1.3(a)
                and (b).

                (c) The Agent shall have received a written  Request  requesting
                the release of all or a portion of  escrowed  proceeds of System
                Asset Sales to the Borrower, signed by a duly authorized officer
                of GTI or LLC of the Borrower.

                (d)  There  shall  have  been  no  enactment  of any  law by any
                governmental authority having jurisdiction over any Lender which
                would make it unlawful in any respect for such  release to occur
                and there has been no material  adverse  change to the financial
                condition or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                (e) The  Lenders  shall have  received  copies of any  financial
                information  relating to the Permitted  Cable System in question
                reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders.

                (f) The Agent shall have been  provided  with all due  diligence
                materials  reasonably requested by the Agent with respect to the
                Permitted   Cable   System  in  question,   including,   without
                limitation,  copies  of all  required  consents,  copies  of all
                Franchises,  copies of all material  contracts  relating to such
                Permitted  Cable  System,  and legal  opinions  addressed to the
                Agent from Borrower's counsel, FCC counsel, local counsel to the
                Borrower  and  counsel  to the  seller of such  Permitted  Cable
                System.

                (g) The Agent shall have received Security Documents relating to
                the Permitted Cable System in question substantially in the form
                of those Security Documents previously provided to the Agent for
                the benefit of the  Lenders on or prior to the Closing  Date and
                all other  documentation  required to provide the Agent as agent
                for the  Lenders  with  first  priority  perfected  Liens on the
                assets  being  acquired  with the  proceeds of the System  Asset
                Sales as the Agent deems  necessary or  desirable as  collateral
                for the Loans.


                                                        29

<PAGE>



          Section 2.7.1.4.  In the event that the Borrower, GTI, or any of their
Subsidiaries  receives,  collectively,  proceeds  from  any  insurance  policies
maintained by any of them (including, without limitation,  casualty policies and
key man policies),  which proceeds are in an aggregate amount during the term of
this  Agreement  in  excess  of  $500,000,  the  Revolving  Commitment  shall be
permanently  reduced (in inverse  order of  maturity) by an amount equal to such
proceeds,  or, if such prepayment occurs after the Conversion Date, the Borrower
shall prepay the Converted Loan installments in inverse order of their maturity,
or if the Converted Loan has been repaid the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan
installments in inverse order of their maturity.

                Section 2.7.2. Voluntary Prepayments.  All or any portion of the
unpaid  principal  balance of any  Revolving  Loan (other than  Revolving  Loans
constituting  Libor  Loans)  may be  prepaid  at any time,  without  premium  or
penalty,  by a  payment  to the  Agent for the  account  of each  Lender of such
prepayment in immediately available Dollars by the Borrower;  provided that each
such  partial  payment or  prepayment  of  principal  of the Loans shall be in a
principal  amount of at least  $100,000 or an  integral  multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof.

                Section  2.7.3.  Liquidated  Damages  On Term  Loan.  All or any
portion of the unpaid  principal  balance of the Term Loan may be prepaid at any
time after December 31, 1996,  without  premium or penalty,  by a payment by the
Borrower  to the Agent for the pro rata  account of each Lender of the amount of
such  prepayment in  immediately  available  Dollars.  Any  prepayment,  whether
voluntary or mandatory,  of all or any portion of the principal  balance of Term
Loan on or prior to December 31, 1996 shall be  accompanied by a payment in cash
to the Agent for the pro rata  account of each  Lender of a  liquidated  damages
payment in an amount  equal to the amount of the  prepayment  multiplied  by the
Term Loan prepayment liquidated damages factor shown on Exhibit 2.7.3 hereto for
the date of the prepayment.

        Section 2.7.4.  Prepayment of Libor Loans.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the  contrary  contained  in the Notes or in any  other  agreement  executed  in
connection herewith or therewith,  the Borrower shall be permitted to prepay any
portion of the Loans  constituting  Libor Loans only in accordance  with Section
2.10 hereof and any amounts required to be paid in connection therewith shall be
in addition to any amounts required to be paid under Section 2.7.3 hereof.

                Section  2.7.5.  Interest Rate  Protection.  The Borrower  shall
maintain an interest rate protection  arrangement  covering not less than 60% of
its then  outstanding  Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (it being understood that
the Senior  Subordinated  Notes, by virtue of their bearing  interest at a fixed
rate, shall be deemed to be covered by such an arrangement).  In addition to the
foregoing,  in the event that and for so long as the 3-month Adjusted Libor Rate
(without giving effect to the Libor Rate Reserve  Percentage) exceeds 7.875% per
annum,  the  Borrower  agrees  to  maintain  such an  interest  rate  protection
arrangement  covering  not  less  than  50% of  the  Loans  from  time  to  time
outstanding. Such interest rate protection arrangement may consist of any one or
a  combination  of the  following:  (i) the  purchase of an  interest  rate swap
arrangement from a financial institution acceptable to the Co-Arrangers covering
such Loans

                                                        30

<PAGE>



effectively  converting the Borrower's interest payment obligations with respect
to such Loans to a fixed rate  acceptable to the Majority  Lenders for a term of
not less  than two years or (ii) the  purchase  of an  interest  rate cap from a
financial institution  acceptable to the Majority Lenders covering such Loans at
a cap rate  acceptable  to the Majority  Lenders for a term expiring not earlier
than December 31, 1996.  The terms and conditions of any such interest rate swap
or interest rate cap shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders.

        Section 2.8.  Payment on Non-Business  Days.  Whenever any payment to be
made  hereunder  or under  one of the  Notes  shall be stated to be due on a day
other than a  Business  Day,  such  payment  may be made on the next  succeeding
Business  Day, and such  extension of time shall in such case be included in the
computation  of payment of fees, if any, and interest  under this  Agreement and
under such Note.

        Section 2.9. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the
Loans for  working  capital,  to finance its  acquisitions  of  Permitted  Cable
Systems,  to pay closing  costs in connection  with any  Permitted  Acquisition,
which are to be in amounts  reasonably  acceptable to the Agent, the purchase of
the interest rate protection  required  hereunder,  and other general  corporate
purposes,  all  subject  to  and in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Additional Equity to pay a
portion of the purchase  price under and closing  costs  incurred in  connection
with the  consummation  of the Pending  Acquisitions  in accordance with Section
5.2.12 hereof.  A portion of the net proceeds of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes
shall be used to prepay Loan A (as defined in the original Loan Agreement), with
the  balance of such net  proceeds  being  placed in escrow  for  payment of the
purchase prices of the Pending Acquisitions or to redeem the Senior Subordinated
Notes in accordance with the terms of Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture.

     Section  2.10.  Special  Libor Loan  Provisions.  The Libor  Loans shall be
subject to and governed by the following terms and conditions:

     Section 2.10.1.  Requests. Each Borrowing Request or Interest Rate Election
selecting  the Libor Rate must be received by the Agent in  accordance  with the
definition of Interest Rate Election.

     Section  2.10.2.   Libor  Loans  Unavailable.   Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  of this  Agreement,  if, prior to or on the date on which any Loan or
any portion of a Loan is to be made as or  converted  into a Libor Loan,  any of
the Lenders (or the Agent with respect to (ii) below) shall reasonably determine
(which determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower), that

     (i) Dollar deposits in the relevant  amounts and for the relevant  Interest
Period are not offered to such Lender in the London interbank market,

     (ii) by reason of  circumstances  affecting  the London  interbank  market,
adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for  ascertaining the Adjusted Libor
Rate, or

                                                        31

<PAGE>




     (iii) the Adjusted Libor Rate shall no longer  represent the effective cost
to such Lender for Dollar  deposits in the London  interbank  market for reasons
other than the fact, standing alone, that the Adjusted Libor Rate is based on an
averaging  of rates  determined  by the Agent and that  such  Lender's  rate may
exceed  such  average,

such Lender may elect not to accept any Interest Rate Election  electing a Libor
Loan and such  Lender  shall  notify the Agent by  telephone  or telex  thereof,
stating the reasons therefor, not later than the close of business on the second
Business Day prior to the date on which such Libor Loan is to be made. The Agent
shall promptly give notice of such  determination and the reason therefor to the
Borrower,  and all or such  portion of the Loans,  as the case may be, which are
subject to any of Section  2.10.2 (i),  (ii)  through  (iii) as a result of such
Lender's  determination  shall be made as or converted into, as the case may be,
Prime Rate Loans and such Lender shall have no further  obligation to make Libor
Loans, until further written notice to the contrary is given by the Agent to the
Borrower. If such circumstances subsequently change so that such Lender shall no
longer be so affected, such Lender's obligation to make or maintain its Pro Rata
Share of or any portion of a Loan as Libor Loans shall be  reinstated  when such
Lender obtains  actual  knowledge of such change of  circumstances  and promptly
after  obtaining such actual  knowledge such Lender shall forward written notice
thereof to the Agent.  After  receipt of such notice,  the Agent shall  promptly
forward  written  notice  thereof to the Borrower.  Upon or after receipt by the
Borrower of such  written  notice,  the  Borrower  may submit an  Interest  Rate
Election in accordance with this Agreement electing an Interest Period ending no
later than the Interest Adjustment Date for the then current Interest Period for
the other  Lenders'  Pro Rata Shares of Libor Loans and  electing the Libor Rate
for such  Lenders' or Lender's  Pro Rata  Share(s) of the Loans as to which such
Lender's or  Lenders'  obligation(s)  to make or maintain  its or their Pro Rata
Share(s) of the Loans as Libor Loans was  suspended  and such Pro Rata  Share(s)
shall be converted to Libor Loans in accordance with this Agreement.  During any
period  throughout which any of the Lenders has or have no obligation to make or
maintain its or their Pro Rata Share(s) of the Loans as Libor Loans, no Interest
Rate  Elections  electing the Libor Rate shall be  effective  with regard to the
Loans to the extent of the Pro Rata Share(s) of such Lender(s).
                Section 2.10.3.  Libor Lending  Unlawful.  In the event that any
change in applicable laws or regulations  (including the introduction of any new
applicable law or regulation) or in the  interpretation  thereof (whether or not
having  the  force of law) by any  governmental  or other  regulatory  authority
charged with the administration  thereof,  shall make it unlawful for any of the
Lenders to make or continue to maintain its Pro Rata Share of all or any portion
of the Loans as Libor Loans, each such Lender shall promptly notify the Agent by
telephone or telex thereof,  and of the reasons therefor,  and the obligation of
such Lender to make or maintain  its Pro Rata Share of the Loans or such portion
thereof as Libor Loans shall,  upon the  happening of such event,  terminate and
the Agent  shall,  by  telephonic  notice  to the  Borrower,  declare  that such
obligation  has so  terminated  with respect to such  Lender,  and such Pro Rata
Share of

                                                        32

<PAGE>



the Loans or any portion  thereof to the extent then  maintained as Libor Loans,
shall,  on the last day on which such Lender can  lawfully  continue to maintain
such  Pro  Rata  Share  of the  Loans or any  portion  thereof  as Libor  Loans,
automatically  convert  into  Prime Rate Loans  without  additional  cost to the
Borrower.  If  circumstances  subsequently  change so that such Lender  shall no
longer be so

                                                        33

<PAGE>



affected, such Lender's obligation to make or maintain its Pro Rata Share of all
or any portion of the Loans as Libor Loans shall be reinstated  when such Lender
obtains  actual  knowledge of such change of  circumstances,  and promptly after
obtaining such actual knowledge such Lender shall forward written notice thereof
to the Agent.  After receipt of such notice,  the Agent shall  promptly  forward
written notice thereof to the Borrower. Upon or after receipt by the Borrower of
such  written  notice,  the  Borrower  may submit an Interest  Rate  Election in
accordance with this Agreement  electing an Interest Period ending no later than
the Interest  Adjustment Date for the then current Interest Period for the other
Lenders'  Pro Rata  Shares of Libor Loans and  electing  the Libor Rate for such
Lenders' or Lender's Pro Rata Share(s) of the Loans as to which such Lender's or
Lenders' obligation(s) to make or maintain its or their Pro Rata Share(s) of the
Loans as Libor Loans was suspended and such Pro Rata Share(s) shall be converted
to Libor Loans in accordance with this Agreement.  During any period  throughout
which any of the Lenders has or have no  obligation  to make or maintain  its or
their Pro Rata Share(s) of the Loans as Libor Loans,  no Interest Rate Elections
electing  the Libor  Rate  shall be  effective  with  regard to the Loans to the
extent of the Pro Rata Share(s) of such Lender(s).

     Section  2.10.4.  Additional  Costs on Libor Loans.  The  Borrower  further
agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the  applicable  Lender or Lenders
such amounts as will  compensate any of the Lenders for any increase in the cost
to such  Lender  of  making  or  maintaining  (or of its  obligation  to make or
maintain)  all or any  portion of its Pro Rata Share of any Loan as a Libor Loan
and for any  reduction in the amount of any sum  receivable by such Lender under
this  Agreement in respect of making or  maintaining  all or any portion of such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of any Loan as a Libor Loan,  in either case,  from time
to time by reason of:

                (i) any reserve,  special deposit or similar requirement against
        assets of,  deposits with or for the account of, or credit  extended by,
        such  Lender,  under or pursuant to any law,  treaty,  rule,  regulation
        (including,   without  limitation,  any  Regulations  of  the  Board  of
        Governors of the Federal  Reserve System) or requirement in effect on or
        after the date hereof,  any  interpretation  thereof by any governmental
        authority charged with administration  thereof or by any central bank or
        other  fiscal  or  monetary   authority  or  other  authority,   or  any
        requirement  imposed by any central bank or such other authority whether
        or not having the force of law;

                                                        34

<PAGE>



        or

                (ii) any  change  in  (including  the  introduction  of any new)
        applicable  law,  treaty,  rule,  regulation  or  requirement  or in the
        interpretation  thereof by any official authority,  or the imposition of
        any requirement of any central bank,  whether or not having the force of
        law, which shall subject such Lender to any tax (other than taxes on net
        income  imposed  on such  Lender),  levy,  impost,  charge,  fee,  duty,
        deduction or withholding  of any kind  whatsoever or change the taxation
        of such Lender with respect to making or maintaining  all or any portion
        of its Pro  Rata  Share of any  Loan as a Libor  Loan  and the  interest
        thereon (other than any change which affects,  and to the extent that it
        affects, the taxation of net income of such Lender); provided, that with
        respect  to  any  withholding  the  foregoing  shall  not  apply  to any
        withholding tax described in sections 1441, 1442 or 3406 of the Code, or
        any succeeding provision of any legislation that amends,  supplements or
        replaces any such section,  or to any tax, levy,  impost,  duty, charge,
        fee,  deduction or withholding that results from any  noncompliance by a
        Lender with any  federal,  state or foreign law or from any failure by a
        Lender to file or furnish  any  report,  return,  statement  or form the
        filing or furnishing  of which would not have an adverse  effect on such
        Lender  and  would  eliminate  such  tax,  impost,  duty,  deduction  or
        withholding;

In any such event,  such Lender shall promptly notify the Agent thereof,  and of
the reasons  therefor,  and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof
in writing stating the reasons provided to the Agent by such Lender therefor and
the  additional  amounts  required  to fully  compensate  such  Lender  for such
increased or new cost or reduced amount as reasonably determined by such Lender.
Such additional amounts shall be payable on each date on which interest is to be
paid hereunder or, if there is no outstanding  principal amount under any of the
Notes, within 20 Business Days after the Borrower's receipt of said notice. Such
Lender's  certificate  as to any such  increased  or new cost or reduced  amount
(including calculations,  in reasonable detail, showing how such Lender computed
such cost or  reduction)  shall be  submitted  by the Agent to the  Borrower and
shall, in the absence of manifest error, be presumptive. In determining any such
amount, the Lender(s) may use any reasonable  averaging and attribution methods.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the Borrower shall not
be obligated to pay any amounts  pursuant to this Section  2.10.4 as a result of
any requirement or change referenced above with respect to any

                                                        35

<PAGE>



period prior to the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the date on which the Borrower
is first  notified  thereof  (other  than any amounts  which  relate to any such
requirement or change which is adopted with retroactive effect in which case the
Borrower shall be obligated to pay all such amounts  accrued from the date as of
which such requirement or change is retroactively  effective) unless the failure
to give such notice within such ninety (90) day period  resulted from reasonable
circumstances beyond such Lender's normal control.

                Section 2.10.5.  Libor Funding  Losses.  In the event any of the
Lenders shall incur any loss or expense (including, without limitation, any loss
or expense  incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or
other funds  acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain any Loan or any portion
of a Loans as a Libor Loan) as a result of:

                (i) payment or  prepayment by the Borrower of all or any portion
        of any Libor Loan on a date other than the Interest  Adjustment Date for
        such Libor Loan,  for any  reason;  provided,  however  that this clause
        shall not be deemed to grant the  Borrower  any right to convert a Libor
        Loan to a Prime Rate Loan prior to the end of any Interest  Period or to
        imply such right;

                (ii) conversion of all or any portion of any Libor Loan on a day
        other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan to
        a  Prime  Rate  Loan  for  any  reason  including,  without  limitation,
        acceleration  of the  Loans  upon or  after an  Event  of  Default,  any
        Interest  Rate  Election  or  any  other  cause  whether   voluntary  or
        involuntary  and  whether  or  not  referred  to or  described  in  this
        Agreement,   other  than  any  such  conversion  resulting  solely  from
        application of Section 2.10.2 or 2.10.3 by any Lender; or

                (iii) any failure by the  Borrower to borrow any Loan as a Libor
        Loan on the date  specified in any  Borrowing  Request or Interest  Rate
        Election selecting the Libor Rate, other than any such failure resulting
        solely from application of Section 2.10.2 or 2.10.3 by any Lender;

such Lender shall promptly notify the Agent thereof, and of the
reasons therefor.  Upon the request of the Agent, the Borrower
shall pay directly to the Agent for the account of such Lender
such amount as will (in the reasonable determination of such
Lender, which shall be presumptive absent manifest error)
reimburse such Lender for such loss or expense.  Each Lender

                                                        36

<PAGE>



shall furnish to the Borrower,  upon written  request  received by the Agent,  a
written  statement  setting forth the computation of any such amounts payable to
such Lender under this Section 2.10.5.

                Section 2.10.6 Banking  Practices.  Each Lender agrees that upon
the occurrence of any of the events  described in Section 2.3.3 and/or 2.10.2.1,
2.10.2.2,  2.10.2.3,  2.10.4 or 2.9.5,  such Lender will exercise all reasonable
efforts to take such reasonable actions at no expense to such Lender (other than
expenses which are covered by the Borrower's  advance deposit of funds with such
Lender for such purpose, or if such Lender agrees, which the Borrower has agreed
to pay or reimburse to such Lender in full upon demand), in accordance with such
Lender's usual banking practices in such situations and subject to any statutory
or regulatory  requirements  applicable to such Lender,  as such Lender may take
without the consent or  participation  of any other Person to, in the case of an
event  described in Section 2.3.3 and/or 2.10.4 or 2.10.5,  mitigate the cost of
such events to the  Borrower  and, in the case of an event  described in Section
2.10.2 (i), (ii) or (iii),  to seek Dollar deposits in any other interbank Libor
market in which such Lender  regularly  participates and in which the applicable
determination(s) described in Section 2.10.2 (i), (ii) or (iii), as the case may
be, does not apply.

                Section 2.10.7  Borrower's Option on Unavailability or Increased
Cost of Libor Loans. In the event of any conversion of all or any portion of any
Lender's  Pro Rata  Share of any Libor  Loan to a Prime  Rate  Loan for  reasons
beyond the  Borrower's  control or in the event that any Lender's Pro Rata Share
of all or any portion of any Libor Loan becomes subject, under Section 2.10.4 or
2.10.5, to additional costs, the Borrower shall have the option,  subject to the
other terms and conditions of this Agreement,  to convert such Lender's Pro Rata
Share to a Prime  Rate Loan by  making  Interest  Rate  Elections  for  Interest
Periods  which (i) end on the  Interest  Adjustment  Date for such Libor Loan or
(ii) end on Business Days occurring prior to such Interest  Adjustment  Date, in
which case at the end of the last of such  Interest  Periods any such Libor Loan
shall automatically  convert to a Prime Rate Loan and the Borrower shall have no
further  right to make an Interest Rate Election with respect to such Prime Rate
Loan other than an Interest  Rate  Election  which is  effective on the Interest
Adjustment  Date for such Libor Loan. The  Borrower's  options set forth in this
Section 2.10.7 may be exercised,  if and only if the Borrower pays, concurrently
with delivery to the Agent of each such Interest Rate Election and thereafter in

                                                        37

<PAGE>



accordance  with Section  2.10.4,  2.10.5 and 2.10.6,  all amounts  provided for
therein to the Agent in accordance with this Agreement.

        Section  2.10.8.  Assumptions  Concerning  Funding of Libor  Loans.  The
calculation of all amounts  payable to the Lenders under this Section 2.10 shall
be made as though each Lender  actually  funded its relevant Libor Loans through
the purchase of a deposit in the London interbank market bearing interest at the
Libor  Rate in an  amount  equal  to that  Libor  Loan  and  having  a  maturity
comparable  to the  relevant  Interest  Period and through the  transfer of such
deposit  from an  offshore  office of such  Lender to a domestic  office of such
Lender in the United States of America; provided,  however, that each Lender may
fund  each of its  Libor  Loans  in any  manner  it sees  fit and the  foregoing
assumption shall be utilized solely for the calculation of amounts payable under
this Section 2.10.


                                   ARTICLE 3.


                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

     Section 3.1.  Conditions  Precedent to the Revolving  Commitment and to all
Loans.

     Section 3.1.1.  The Commitment and Initial Loan. The  effectiveness of this
amendment and  restatement  of the Original Loan  Agreement and the  obligations
hereunder of the Lenders to make Revolving  Loans and continue the Term Loan are
subject to  performance  by the  Borrower of all of its  obligations  under this
Agreement,  and to the  satisfaction of the conditions  precedent that all legal
matters  incident to the transactions  contemplated  hereby or incidental to the
Loans shall be satisfactory to counsel for the Agent, and the Lenders shall have
received  on or before the  Closing  Date all of the  following,  each dated the
Closing  Date or another date  acceptable  to the Lenders and each to be in form
and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent in the  Agent's  sole  and  complete
discretion:

     Section 3.1.1.1.  The Notes, the Security Documents,  and each of the other
Financing Documents, including, without limitation, those hereinafter set forth.

     Section 3.1.1.2. Certificates from GTI, LLC and Capital Corp. certifying as
to the resolutions authorizing and

                                                        38

<PAGE>



approving  such of the  Financing  Documents to which GTLP,  LLC, GTI or Capital
Corp. is a party and other matters  contemplated hereby and certifying as to the
names and  signatures  of each officer and manager of GTI, LLC and Capital Corp.
authorized to sign each Financing Document to be executed and delivered by or on
behalf of GTLP, LLC, GTI or Capital Corp. The Lenders may  conclusively  rely on
each such certificate  until the Lenders shall receive a further  certificate of
GTI, LLC and Capital  Corp.  cancelling  or amending the prior  certificate  and
submitting the signatures of the officers named in such further certificate.

                         Section 3.1.1.3.  Favorable opinions of Messrs.
Thompson & Mitchell and Goodwin,  Procter & Hoar counsel for the  Borrower,  and
Messrs.  Hogan & Hartson,  FCC counsel for the  Borrower,  substantially  in the
forms of Exhibit 3.1.1.3 hereto.

     Section 3.1.1.4. An Officer's Certificate stating that:

     (a) The representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 are correct
on and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date; and

     (b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would
result from the making of the initial Revolving Loan.

     Section 3.1.1.5.  Certificates of good standing of the Secretaries of State
of all states listed on Exhibit 4.1.1, dated reasonably near the Closing Date.

     Section  3.1.1.6.  Evidence  that (i) a portion of the net  proceeds of the
Senior  Subordinated  Notes have been used to prepay  Loan A (as  defined in the
Original Loan Agreement) in its entirety,  with the balance of such net proceeds
being  placed  in escrow  for  payment  of the  purchase  prices of the  Pending
Acquisitions or to redeem the Senior  Subordinated  Notes in accordance with the
terms of Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture;  (ii) the ownership interests in the
Borrower  are as set forth in Exhibit 1.1, and (iii) on the Closing Date the sum
of the Borrower's cash on hand and the Unused  Revolving  Commitment is not less
than $5,000,000.

     Section  3.1.1.7.  A  completed  Borrowing  Request  and an  Interest  Rate
Election.

 

                                                        39

<PAGE>


     Section 3.1.1.8. Payment to the Agent and the Lenders of the fees specified
in this  Agreement  as being  payable  on the  Closing  Date and all  reasonable
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred by the Agent in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated hereby,  including, but not limited to, outside legal
expenses,  accounting  fees,  auditing  fees,  appraisal  fees,  and other  fees
associated with any independent analyses of the Borrower.

     Section  3.1.1.9.  Such other  information  about the  Borrower  and/or its
assets, business and/or financial condition as the Lenders may request.

     Section  3.1.1.10.  Certificates of fire,  liability and extended  coverage
insurance  policies,  each such policy to name the Agent as  mortgagee  and loss
payee and as additional insured on all liability policies.

     Section 3.1.1.11. True descriptions of any pending or threatened litigation
against or by the Borrower.

     Section  3.1.1.12.  Evidence that all necessary  third party  consents have
been obtained.

     Section 3.1.1.13.  The fact that the  representations and warranties of the
Borrower  contained  in Article 4, infra,  are true and correct in all  material
respects  on and as of the date of the Loans  except  as  altered  hereafter  by
actions not prohibited  hereunder.  The Borrower's  delivery of the Notes to the
Lenders  and  the  Borrower's   Borrowing  Request  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a
representation  and  warranty  by the  Borrower  as of the date  thereof to such
effect.

     Section  3.1.1.14.  That  there  has  been no  enactment  of any law by any
governmental  authority having  jurisdiction over any Lender which would make it
unlawful in any respect for such Lender to make its Pro Rata Share of the Loans.

     Section  3.1.1.15.  The Lenders shall be satisfied in their sole discretion
with the terms and conditions of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes and the Related
Documents,  including but not limited to the satisfactory  subordination of such
Senior Subordinated Notes to payment in full of the Obligations,  and shall have
received  confirmation  that the Borrower has received  gross  proceeds from the
sale of the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes of not less  than  $120,000,000,  at an
interest rate not greater than 12.375% per annum.


                                                        40

<PAGE>



     Section  3.1.2.  Conditions  Precedent to Each Loan. The obligation of each
Lender to make the initial  Revolving  Loan pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof shall
be subject to the  condition  that a  contribution  of  Additional  Equity in an
amount of not less than  $5,000,000  shall have been made, and the obligation of
each Lender to make any Loan  pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof shall be subject to
the further  conditions  precedent  that on the date of such Loan the  following
statements  shall be true, and the acceptance of the Borrower of such Loan shall
constitute a  representation  and  warranty by the Borrower  that on the date of
such Loan such statements are true:

     Section  3.1.2.1.  The  representations  and  warranties  contained in each
Financing  Document  are correct on and as of the date of such Loan,  before and
after giving effect to such Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof, as
though made on and as of such date;

     Section  3.1.2.2.  No  Default or Event of Default  has  occurred  or would
result from such Loan or from the application of the proceeds therefrom;

     Section 3.1.2.3.  There has been no enactment of any law by an governmental
authority having jurisdiction over any Lender that would make it unlawful in any
respect for such Lender to make its Pro Rata Share of such Loan; and

     Section  3.1.2.4.  The Agent  shall have  received  such  other  approvals,
opinions, or documents as any Lender through the Agent may reasonable request.

                                   ARTICLE 4.


                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Section 4.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.  The Borrower
represents  and warrants to the Lenders  that,  after giving effect to the Loans
and  the  application  of  the  proceeds  thereof  (which   representations  and
warranties shall survive the making of the Loans):

     Section 4.1.1.  Organization  and Existence.  GTLP, GTI, LCC, Capital Corp.
and each  Subsidiary is a limited  partnership or  corporation,  duly organized,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
incorporation or organization and is duly qualified to do business in all

                                                        41

<PAGE>



jurisdictions in which such  qualification is required,  all as noted on Exhibit
4.1.1,  except  where  failure to so qualify  would not have a material  adverse
effect  on  the  financial  condition  or  business  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries,  on a combined basis (a "Material  Adverse  Effect"),  and has all
requisite power and authority to conduct its business, to own its properties and
to  execute  and  deliver,  and to  perform  all of its  obligations  under  the
Financing Documents.

     Section  4.1.2.  Authorization  and  Absence of  Defaults.  The  execution,
delivery to the Lenders and performance by GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp. and any
Subsidiaries  of the  Financing  Documents  have  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary corporate, partnership and governmental action and do not and will not
(i) require any consent or approval of the  partners,  shareholders  or board of
directors of the Borrower or any Subsidiary  which has not been  obtained,  (ii)
violate  any  provision  of  any  law,  rule,  regulation  (including,   without
limitation, Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System),  order,  writ,  judgment,  injunction,  decree,  determination or award
presently in effect having  applicability  to the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary
and/or the  Certificates  and  Agreements  of Limited  Partnership,  articles of
incorporation  or by-laws,  where  applicable,  of GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp.
and/or any  Subsidiary,  (iii)  result in a material  breach of or  constitute a
material  default under any  indenture or loan or credit  agreement or any other
agreement, lease or instrument to which GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp. and/or any
Subsidiary  is or are a party or  parties or by which it or they or its or their
properties may be bound or affected; or (iv) result in, or require, the creation
or  imposition  of any  Lien on any of its or  their  respective  properties  or
revenues  other  than  Liens  granted  to the  Agent by the  Security  Documents
securing  the  Obligations.  Each of  GTLP,  GTI,  LLC,  Capital  Corp.  and its
Subsidiaries are in compliance with any such law, rule, regulation, order, writ,
judgment,  injunction,  decree,  determination  or award or any such  indenture,
agreement,  lease or  instrument,  except where the failure to be in  compliance
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section  4.1.3.   Acquisition  of  Consents.  No  authorization,   consent,
approval,  license,  exemption  of or filing or  registration  with any court or
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign,  other than those which have been  obtained,  is or will be
necessary to the valid  execution and delivery to the Lenders or  performance by
GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp. or any Subsidiary of any Financing Documents.

                                                        42

<PAGE>


     Section 4.1.4. Validity and Enforceability. Each of the Financing Documents
when  delivered   hereunder  will  constitute  the  legal,   valid  and  binding
obligations of GTLP, GTI, LLC,  Capital Corp. and the  Subsidiaries  enforceable
against such Persons in accordance with their respective terms.

     Section  4.1.5.  Financial  Information.  The  following  information  with
respect to the Borrower has heretofore been furnished to the Lenders:

     Section 4.1.5.1.  Audited annual  financial  statements of the Borrower for
the period ended December 31, 1994;

     Section 4.1.5.2.  Unaudited internally prepared financial statements of the
Borrower for the fiscal period ended June 30, 1995.

     Section  4.1.5.23.  The  Projections.  Each  of  the  financial  statements
referred to above in Sections  4.1.5.1  and 4.1.5.2 was  prepared in  accordance
with GAAP (subject,  in the case of Section 4.1.5.2, to the absence of footnotes
and normal year-end adjustments) applied on a consistent basis, except as stated
therein.  The  financial  statements  referred to above in Sections  4.1.5.1 and
4.1.5.2 fairly present the financial  condition of the Borrower on at such dates
and are complete and correct in all  material  respects and no Material  Adverse
Effect has occurred since the date thereof.  The Projections  have been prepared
by the  Borrower  in light of the past  business of the  Borrower  and the cable
television  systems that are the subject of the Pending  Acquisitions,  based on
certain  assumptions,  those assumptions believed by the Borrower to be material
being attached to the Projections.  The Borrower believes that those assumptions
are reasonable in all material  respects as of the Closing Date. The Projections
have been  prepared in good faith and represent the best opinion of the Borrower
as of the Closing Date as to the most probable course of Borrower's  businesses.
The Projections  were prepared in accordance with practices  usually followed in
the  preparation of accounting  projections in good faith and the regular course
of an ongoing business.

     Section 4.1.6.  No Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits or proceedings
pending or, to the  knowledge of the Borrower,  threatened  against or affecting
the Borrower,  any Affiliate  and/or any  Subsidiary or any of their  properties
before any court or governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency
or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which if

                                                        43

<PAGE>



determined adversely to the Borrower,  any Affiliate and/or any Subsidiary would
draw  into  question  the  legal  existence  of the  Borrower  and/or  any  such
Subsidiary  and/or the  validity,  authorization  and/or  enforceability  of the
Financing  Documents  and/or any provision  thereof  and/or could  reasonably be
expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  except  those  matters,  if any,
described on Exhibit 4.1.6 none of which, in Borrower's good faith opinion, will
have such a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.1.7. Regulation U. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying "margin stock" within
the meaning of  Regulation U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve
System (12 CFR Part 221), does not own and has no present intention of acquiring
any such margin stock or a "margin  security" within the meaning of Regulation G
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR, Part 207). None
of the proceeds of the Loans will be used directly or indirectly by the Borrower
for the purpose of  purchasing  or  carrying,  or for the purpose of reducing or
retiring any  Indebtedness  which was originally  incurred to purchase or carry,
any such margin  security or margin stock or for any other  purpose  which might
constitute the  transaction  contemplated  hereby a "purpose  credit" within the
meaning of said Regulation G or Regulation U, or cause this Agreement to violate
any other  regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or
the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any rules or regulations
promulgated under either said statute.

     Section 4.1.8. Absence of Adverse Agreements.  Neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary is a party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or
other  agreement or instrument  (other than the Equity  Documents) or subject to
any corporate or  partnership  restriction  which would have a Material  Adverse
Effect  on the  ability  of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  to carry  out its
obligations under the Financing Documents.

     Section 4.1.9.  Taxes.  The Borrower and each  Subsidiary has filed all tax
returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed and paid all taxes shown
thereon to be due,  including  interest  and  penalties,  or  provided  adequate
reserves for payment thereof.

     Section 4.1.10.  ERISA. The Borrower and any Commonly  Controlled Entity do
not  maintain  or  contribute  to  any  Single  Employer  Plan  which  is not in
substantial compliance with ERISA and Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget


                                                        44

<PAGE>

Reconciliation  Act of 1986, as amended,  or which has incurred any  accumulated
funding  deficiency  within the meaning of section  412 and 418 of the Code,  or
which has applied for or obtained a waiver from the Internal  Revenue Service of
any minimum funding  requirement under section 412 of the Code. The Borrower and
any Commonly  Controlled  Entity have not incurred any  liability to the PBGC in
connection  with any Plan covering any employees of The Borrower or any Commonly
Controlled  Entity in amount exceeding Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000) in the
aggregate or ceased  operations at any facility or withdrawn  from any Plan in a
manner which could subject any of them to liability under section 4062(e),  4063
or 4064 of ERISA in amount  exceeding  Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000) in the
aggregate,  and know of no facts or  circumstance  which  might give rise to any
liability of the Borrower or any  Commonly  Controlled  Entity to the PBGC under
Title IV of ERISA in amount  exceeding Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000) in the
aggregate. The Borrower and any Commonly Controlled Entity have not incurred any
withdrawal liability in amount exceeding Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the
aggregate  (including but not limited to any contingent or secondary  withdrawal
liability)  within  the  meaning  of  sections  4201 and 4202 of  ERISA,  to any
Multiemployer Plan, and no event has occurred,  and there exists no condition or
set of circumstances,  which presents a risk of the occurrence of any withdrawal
from  or  the  partition,  termination,  reorganization  or  insolvency  of  any
Multiemployer  Plan which could result in any liability to a Multiemployer  Plan
in amount exceeding Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate.

     Except for  payments  for which the minimum  funding  requirement  has been
waived under section 412 of the code,  full payment has been made of all amounts
which the Borrower and any Commonly  Controlled Entity are required to have paid
as  contributions  to any Plan  under  applicable  law or under  any Plan or any
agreement relating to any Plan to which the Borrower or any Commonly  Controlled
Entity is a party.  The Borrower and each Commonly  Controlled  Entity have made
adequate  provision for reserves to meet  contributions  that have not been made
because they are not yet due under the terms of any Plan or related agreements.

     Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly  Controlled Entity has any knowledge,
nor do any of them have any reason to believe  that any  Reportable  Event which
could result in a liability or liabilities of Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000)
or more in the aggregate has occurred with respect to any Plan.


                                                        45

<PAGE>



     Section 4.1.11. Ownership of Properties.

     Section  4.1.11.1.  Except for Permitted  Encumbrances  and Liens permitted
under Section 5.2.1 hereof,  each of the Borrower,  GTI and each  Subsidiary has
good title to all of their  respective  properties  and assets free and clear of
all mortgages, security interests,  restrictions,  Liens and encumbrances of any
kind.

     Section  4.1.11.2.  Exhibit  4.1.11  accurately  and  completely  lists the
location  of all real  property  owned or  leased  by the  Borrower,  GTI or any
Subsidiary.  The Borrower, GTI and each Subsidiary enjoys quiet possession under
all material  leases to which it is a party as a lessee,  and all of such leases
are valid, subsisting in full force and effect. No other such leases contain any
provision restricting the incurrence of indebtedness by the lessee.

     Section  4.1.11.3.  To the  Borrower's  knowledge,  except as  specified in
Exhibit  4.1.11,  none of the real property  owned by the  Borrower,  GTI or any
Subsidiary is located within any federal, state or municipal flood plain zone.

     Section  4.1.11.4.  Except  as set  forth  in  Exhibit  4.1.11,  all of the
material  properties  used in the  conduct  of the  Borrower's,  GTI's  and each
Subsidiary's  business  (i) are in good  repair,  working  order  and  condition
(reasonable wear and tear accepted) and suitable for use in the operation of the
Borrower's,  GTI's  and each  Subsidiary's  business;  and  (ii)  are  currently
operated  and  maintained,  in all material  respects,  in  accordance  with the
requirements of the National  Electrical  Safety Code on Engineering and the FCC
and other standards generally accepted in the cable television industry.

     Section 4.1.12.  Accuracy of  Representations  and Warranties.  None of the
Borrower's  representations  or warranties set forth in this Agreement or in any
document or certificate  taken together with any related document or certificate
furnished  pursuant to this  Agreement or in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  hereby contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or  omits or will  omit to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make any
statement of fact  contained  herein or therein,  in light of the  circumstances
under which it was made, not misleading;  except that unless provided  otherwise
any such document or certificate which is dated speaks as of the date stated and
not the present.


                                                        46

<PAGE>



     Section 4.1.13.  Senior  Subordinated Note  Representations and Warranties.
All representations and warranties and all statements of fact made by GTLP, GTI,
LLC, and Capital Corp.,  and contained in any Related  Document or any document,
instrument or written  agreement  issued or entered into in connection  with the
Senior  Subordinated  Notes are true,  accurate  and  complete  in all  material
respects as of the Closing Date. The sale of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes has
been  consummated  in  accordance  with the Related  Documents  and the evidence
provided to the Lenders under Section 3.1 hereof,  and the Borrower has received
at least  $120,000,000 in gross  proceeds,  at an interest rate not greater than
12.375% per annum.

     Section  4.1.14.  No  Investment  Company.  Neither  the  Borrower  nor any
Subsidiary  is  an  "investment   company"  or  a  company  "controlled"  by  an
"investment  company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended, which is required to register thereunder.

     Section 4.1.15.  Solvency,  etc. After giving effect to the consummation of
each Loan  outstanding  and to be made under this  Agreement as of the time this
representation  and warranty is given,  the Borrower (a) will be able to pay its
debts as they become due, (b) will have funds and capital sufficient to carry on
its business and all businesses in which it is about to engage, and (c) will own
property having a value both at fair valuation and at fair saleable value in the
ordinary course of the Borrower's  business  greater than the amount required to
pay its  Indebtedness,  including  for this  purpose  unliquidated  and disputed
claims.  The  Borrower  will not be  rendered  insolvent  by the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of any transactions contemplated
herein.

     Section  4.1.16.   Approvals.  All  approvals  required  from  all  Persons
including  without  limitation all governmental  authorities with respect to the
Financing Documents have been obtained.

     Section 4.1.17. Ownership Interests. The schedule of ownership interests in
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in Exhibit 1.3 is true, accurate and
complete and the  Investments to be made for all ownership  interests  disclosed
therein have in fact been fully paid in immediately available Dollars.

     Section 4.1.18. Licenses, Registrations, Compliance with Laws, etc. Exhibit
4.1.18 accurately and completely

                                                        47

<PAGE>



describes  all permits,  governmental  licenses,  registrations  and  approvals,
material  to  carrying  out of the  Borrower's  and  each  of the  Subsidiaries'
businesses  as  presently  conducted  and as  required  by law or the  rules and
regulations  of any  federal,  foreign  governmental,  state,  county  or  local
association,  corporation  or  governmental  agency,  body,  instrumentality  or
commission  having  jurisdiction  over the Borrower or any of the  Subsidiaries,
including but not limited to the FCC, the United States Environmental Protection
Agency,  the United States  Department of Labor, the United States  Occupational
Safety and Health Administration, the United States Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission,  the Federal Trade  Commission  and the United States  Department of
Justice and analogous and related state and foreign  agencies and each community
which has granted the Borrower a  Franchise,  each of which is listed on Exhibit
1.2 hereto. There is no material violation or material failure of compliance or,
to the  Borrower's  knowledge,  allegation  of  such  violation  or  failure  of
compliance  on the part of the Borrower or any of the  Subsidiaries  with any of
the foregoing permits, licenses, registrations,  approvals, rules or regulations
and there is no action,  proceeding or investigation pending or to the knowledge
of the Borrower  threatened nor has the Borrower or any Subsidiary  received any
notice of such which might result in the  termination  or suspension of any such
permit,  license,  registration  or  approval  which  in any case  could  have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     Section  4.1.19.  Principal  Place of  Business;  Books  and  Records.  The
Borrower's chief executive office is located at Borrower's  address set forth in
Section 9.6. All of the Borrower's  books and records are kept at one or more of
its addresses set forth in Section 9.6.

     Section 4.1.20.  Subsidiaries.  GTLP has no Subsidiaries other than Capital
Corp. Capital Corp. has no Subsidiaries.

     Section 4.1.21. Franchises,  etc. Exhibit 4.1.21 attached hereto accurately
and  completely  lists  all  material  authorizations,   licenses,  permits  and
Franchises granted or assigned to the Borrower by the FCC or any other public or
governmental agency or regulatory body,  including all material  authorizations,
licenses, permits and Franchises for the construction, installation or operation
of cable television systems in the Franchise Areas, the same constitute the only
material licenses,  permits or Franchises or other  authorizations of any public
or  governmental  agency or regulatory  body required or advisable in connection
with the conduct by the Borrower of

                                                        48

<PAGE>


its  business as  presently  conducted  or proposed to be  conducted.  Except as
disclosed  on Exhibit  4.1.21,  all  existing  Franchises  are in full force and
effect,  are duly  issued in the name of,  or  validly  assigned  to,  GTI,  the
Borrower or one of its  Subsidiaries and the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries
has full  power and  authority  to  operate  thereunder.  Except as set forth in
Exhibit 1.2, no cable  television  Franchise  issued with respect to a Franchise
Area has a term which will expire prior to the scheduled  maturity of the Notes.
Exhibit 1.2 also  accurately and completely  lists all material  agreements,  if
any, which are presently in effect for the use of public  utility  facilities in
connection with the Systems.

     Section  4.1.22.  Copyright.  The  Borrower  has  not  violated  any of the
provisions of the Copyright Act of 1976, 17 U.S.C.  ss.101, et seq. The Borrower
has filed all notices and  statements  of account with United  States  Copyright
Office and has made all payments to the United States  Copyright Office that are
required in connection  with the secondary  transmission  by the Borrower of any
broadcast  television,  radio or other signals.  Exhibit  4.1.22  accurately and
completely  sets  forth  all  copyrights  held  by  the  Borrower  or any of the
Subsidiaries.

     Section  4.1.23.  Basic  Subscribers.  As of August 31, 1995,  the Borrower
shall have not less than  82,937  Basic  Subscribers,  and  Operating  Cash Flow
(including the Pending  Acquisitions) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995
of not less than $5,345,000.

     Section 4.1.24. Environmental Compliance.  Neither the Borrower nor, to the
best knowledge of the Borrower after due inquiry, any other Person:

     Section  4.1.24.1.  has ever  caused,  permitted,  or suffered to exist any
Hazardous  Material  to be  spilled,  placed,  held,  located or disposed of on,
under, or about,  nor are any now existing on, under,  or about,  the Borrower's
facilities  (the  "Premises"),  or into the atmosphere,  any body of water,  any
wetlands,  or on any other real property  legally or  beneficially  owned by any
Borrower,  other than as disclosed on Exhibit 4.1.24, or in respect of Hazardous
Material used or disposed of in compliance with law,

     Section  4.1.24.2.  has any  knowledge  after due  inquiry  that either the
Premises  or any  other  real  property  legally  or  beneficially  owned by the
Borrower has ever been used  (whether by the Borrower or, to the best  knowledge
of the

                                                        49

<PAGE>


Borrower after due inquiry, by any other Person) as a treatment, storage (except
for its own  material in the ordinary  course of business) or disposal  (whether
permanent or temporary) site for any Hazardous Material, and

     Section  4.1.24.3.  has any  knowledge  after due  inquiry of any notice of
violation,  lien or other notice issued by any governmental  agency with respect
to the environmental  condition of the Premises, any other property owned by the
Borrower,  or any other property which was included in the property  description
of the Premises or such other real property within the preceding three years.

     Section  4.1.25.   Material  Contracts.   Exhibit  4.1.25  attached  hereto
accurately  and completely  lists all material  agreements to which the Borrower
and any of the  Subsidiaries  are a party  including,  without  limitation,  all
Franchises and all material construction,  programming, engineering, consulting,
employment,  management,  operating and related  agreements,  if any,  which are
presently  in  effect.  All  of  the  foregoing  agreements,  including  without
limitation the Franchises,  are legally valid,  binding,  subsisting and in full
force and effect and neither the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries nor any other
parties are in material default thereunder.

     Section 4.1.26.  Patents,  Trademarks and Other Property Rights.  Except as
set forth in  Exhibit  4.1.26  attached  hereto,  each of the  Borrower  and the
Subsidiaries own, possess, or have licenses to use all the patents,  trademarks,
service marks,  tradenames,  copyrights and non-governmental  licenses,  and all
rights  with  respect  to the  foregoing,  necessary  for the  conduct  of their
respective businesses as now conducted,  without any conflict with the rights of
others with respect thereto.

     Section  4.1.27.  Related  Documents.  The Borrower has,  prior to the date
hereof,  delivered to the Lenders true copies of the Related  Documents and each
and every amendment or modification thereto.

     Section 4.1.28.  Transfer of Assets. Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.1.28,
GTI has transferred all assets related to cable  television  systems  (including
but not limited to any Franchise) to the Borrower.


 
                                                        50

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 5.
                            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     Section 5.1.  Affirmative  Covenants of the Borrower  Other than  Reporting
Requirements.  From the date hereof and thereafter for so long as any portion of
the  Commitment is  outstanding or the Borrower is indebted to any Lender and/or
the Agent under any of the Financing Documents,  the Borrower will, with respect
to itself  and,  unless  noted  otherwise  below,  with  respect  to each of its
Subsidiaries,  ensure that each  Subsidiary  will,  unless the Majority  Lenders
shall otherwise consent in writing:

     Section  5.1.1.  Payment of Taxes,  etc.  Pay and  discharge  all taxes and
assessments  and  governmental  charges  or levies  imposed  upon it or upon its
income or profits, or upon any properties  belonging to it, prior to the date on
which  penalties  attach  thereto,  and all lawful claims for the same which, if
unpaid,  might become a Lien upon any of its  properties;  provided that (unless
and until foreclosure, restraint, sale or any similar proceeding shall have been
commenced) the Borrower  shall not be required to pay any such tax,  assessment,
charge,  levy or claim  which is being  contested  in good  faith  and by proper
proceedings  and for which proper  reserve or other  provision  has been made in
accordance with GAAP, unless failure to pay is not material.

                Section 5.1.2.  Maintenance of Insurance.  Maintain insurance in
accordance with the Security Documents, including without limitation,  liability
insurance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders and, to the extent not covered by
any  of  the  Security  Documents,  with  responsible  and  reputable  insurance
companies or  associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually
carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties
and in  accordance  with the  requirements  of any  governmental  agency  having
jurisdiction over the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary. The Borrower shall provide
the Lenders with such  evidence as the Agent may request from time to time as to
the maintenance of all such insurance.

                Section  5.1.3.  Preservation  of Existence,  etc.  Preserve and
maintain in full force and effect its legal  existence,  rights,  Franchises and
privileges in the  jurisdiction of its  organization,  preserve and maintain all
licenses, governmental approvals, trademarks, patents, trade secrets, copyrights
and trade  names owned or  possessed  by it and which are  necessary  or, in its
reasonable  business judgment,  desirable in view of its business and operations
or the ownership of its

                                                        51

<PAGE>


properties  and  qualify  or  remain  qualified  as  a  foreign  corporation  or
partnership in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary or, in
its  reasonable  business  judgement,  desirable  in  view of its  business  and
operations and ownership of the properties.

                Section  5.1.4.  Compliance  with  Laws,  etc.  Comply  with the
requirements of all present and future applicable laws,  rules,  regulations and
orders of any  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction  over it and/or its
business,  except where the failure to comply would not have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

                Section 5.1.5. Visitation Rights. Permit, during normal business
hours,  and, prior to the  occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default,  upon
prior notice, the Lenders or any agents or representatives  thereof,  to examine
and make copies of and  abstracts  from the records and books of account of, and
visit the  properties of the Borrower and any Subsidiary to discuss the affairs,
finances  and  accounts  of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  with any or their
partners,   officers  or  employees  and/or  any  independent  certified  public
accountant of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary.

                Section  5.1.6.  Keeping of Records and Books of  Account.  Keep
adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in
accordance  with  GAAP  and with  applicable  requirements  of any  governmental
authority  having  jurisdiction  over the  Borrower  and/or  any  Subsidiary  in
question, reflecting all financial transactions.

                Section  5.1.7.  Maintenance of  Properties,  etc.  Maintain and
preserve all of its properties  necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its
business, in good working order and condition,  ordinary wear and tear excepted,
and in accordance with each of the Security Documents.

                Section 5.1.8.  Accounting System. Maintain a standard system of
accounting in accordance  with GAAP and in accordance  with the  requirements of
any  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction  over the Borrower and/or any
Subsidiary.

                Section  5.1.9.  Other  Documents,   etc.  Except  as  otherwise
required by this Agreement,  pay, perform and fulfill all of its obligations and
covenants under each material document, instrument or agreement to which it is a
party including, without limitation, the Related Documents, the Equity Documents
and the Affiliate Subordination Agreement.

                                                        52

<PAGE>


                Section 5.1.10.  Maximum Total  Indebtedness  and Maximum Senior
Indebtedness to Annualized  Operating Cash Flow. Maintain at all times ratios of
(i) total  Indebtedness  for Borrowed  Money  (excluding  for the period through
April 30, 1996, an amount of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes equal to the amount
from  time to time  pledged  under  the  Pledge  and  Assignment  Agreement  and
$5,000,000  to the  extent  held on  deposit  with the Agent to secure the first
interest  payment  payable  under the Senior  Subordinated  Notes) to Annualized
Operating Cash Flow and (ii) total Senior  Indebtedness to Annualized  Operating
Cash Flow of not  greater  than the  respective  ratio set forth  below for each
period set forth below:

                                                       Total          Senior
                                                   Indebtedness    Indebtedness
        Period                                         Ratio          Ratio
- --------------------------------                   ------------   -------------

Closing Date through                                 7.00:1.00       2.50:1.00
  September 30, 1996

October 1, 1996                                      6.75:1.00       2.25:1.00
through March 31, 1997

April 1, 1997                                        6.50:1.00       2.25:1.00
  through December 31, 1997

January 1, 1998                                      6.25:1.00       2.00:1.00
  through December 31, 1998

January 1, 1999                                      6.00:1.00       2.00:1.00
  through December 31, 1999

January 1, 2000                                      5.75:1.00       2.00:1.00
  and thereafter

                Section   5.1.11.   Maximum   Senior   Indebtedness   to   Basic
Subscribers.  Maintain  at all  times  a ratio  of (i)  total  Indebtedness  for
Borrowed  Money  (excluding  for the period through April 30, 1996, an amount of
the Senior  Subordinated  Notes  equal to the amount  from time to time  pledged
under the Pledge and  Assignment  Agreement and $5,000,000 to the extent held on
deposit with the Agent to secure the first  interest  payment  payable under the
Senior  Subordinated Notes) (in dollars) to (ii) the number of Basic Subscribers
of not greater than $950:1.

                Section 5.1.12.  Minimum Ratio of Operating Cash Flow
to Interest Expense.  Maintain at all times a ratio of (i)

                                                        53

<PAGE>



Operating  Cash Flow to (ii) Total Cash Interest  Expense  (exclusive of Closing
Costs) of not less than the ratio  set  forth  below for each  period  set forth
below:

Period                                                                   Ratio
- -------------------------------                                        ---------

Closing Date through                                                   1.20:1.00
  September 30, 1996

October 1, 1996 through                                                1.30:1.00
  December 31, 1996

January 1, 1997 through                                                1.45:1.00
  December 31, 1997

January 1, 1998 through                                                1.60:1.00
  December 31, 1998

January 1, 1999 through                                                1.80:1.00
  December 31, 1999

January 1, 2000 through                                                1.90:1.00
  December 1, 2000

January 1, 2001 and                                                    2.00:1.00
  thereafter

                Section  5.1.13.  Minimum Ratio of Operating  Cash Flow to Total
Debt Service.  Maintain for each fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the
date hereof a ratio of (i) Operating  Cash Flow for such fiscal  quarter to (ii)
Total Debt Service for such fiscal  quarter of not less than  1.20:1.00  through
September  30,  1996,  and of not less than  1.25:1.00  for each fiscal  quarter
ending thereafter.

                Section 5.1.14. Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage. Maintain for each
fiscal  quarter of the Borrower a Fixed Charge  Coverage for such fiscal quarter
of not less  than  1.00:1.00  through  December  31,  1997 and of not less  than
1.05:1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter.

                Section 5.1.15.  Incurrence Ratio. No less than thirty (30) days
prior to the  closing  of any  Permitted  Acquisition  made in  accordance  with
Section  5.2.12,  the  Borrower  shall  provide  the Lenders  with  projections,
satisfactory in all respects to the Majority  Lenders in their sole  discretion,
and showing an Incurrence Ratio of not more than the ratio set forth below for

                                                        54

<PAGE>



the fiscal quarter ended  immediately  prior to the fiscal quarter in which such
Permitted Acquisition is to occur.

Period                                                                   Ratio
- ---------------------------------------                                ---------

Closing Date through                                                   6.75:1.00
 September 30, 1996

October 1, 1996 through                                                6.50:1.00
 June 30, 1997

July 1, 1997 through                                                   6.25:1.00
 December 31, 1997

                Section 5.1.16.  Officer's  Certificates  and Requests.  Provide
each  Officer's  Certificate  required  under this Agreement and each Request so
that the statements contained therein are accurate and complete in all respects.

                Section 5.1.17.  Depository.  Use the Agent as a
depository of the Borrower's funds.

                Section 5.1.18.  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Maintain  Tommy  L.
Gleason,  Jr.  and/or James M. Gleason as the Person with  principal  executive,
operating and management  responsibility for the Systems or obtain a replacement
of  comparable   experience  and  training  in  the  cable  television  industry
reasonably  satisfactory to the Majority  Lenders within ninety (90) days of his
ceasing to act in such capacity.

                Section  5.1.19.   Completion  of  Improvements.   Complete  all
improvements  by  such  date  as may be  necessary  to  comply  with  applicable
Franchise and other regulatory or contractual  requirements,  and, within thirty
(30) days after the request of the  Majority  Lenders,  supply the Lenders  with
such  documentation as the Majority Lenders shall reasonably  request evidencing
such completion.

                Section  5.1.20.  Notice of  Purchase of Real Estate and Leases.
Promptly  notify the Lenders in the event that the Borrower  shall  purchase any
real estate or enter into any lease of real estate or of  equipment  material to
the  operation  of the  Systems,  supply the Lenders  with a copy of the related
purchase agreement or of such lease, as the case may be, and if requested by the
Lenders,  execute and  deliver,  or cause to be executed and  delivered,  to the
Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a deed of trust or mortgage or  assignment,
together with landlord consents,

                                                        55

<PAGE>



in the case of leased property, satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent,
granting a valid first Lien (subject to any Liens  permitted under Section 5.2.1
hereof)  on such real  property  or  leasehold  as  security  for the  Financing
Documents.

                Section  5.1.21.  Additional  Assurances.   From  time  to  time
hereafter,  execute  and  deliver or cause to be executed  and  delivered,  such
additional instruments,  certificates and documents,  and take all such actions,
as the Agent  shall  reasonably  request  for the  purpose  of  implementing  or
effectuating the provisions of the Financing Documents, and upon the exercise by
the Agent of any power,  right,  privilege or remedy  pursuant to the  Financing
Documents which requires any consent, approval,  registration,  qualification or
authorization of any  governmental  authority or  instrumentality,  exercise and
deliver all  applications,  certifications,  instruments and other documents and
papers that the Agent may be so required to obtain.

                Section 5.1.22. Appraisals.  Permit the Agent and its agents, at
any time and in the  sole  discretion  of the  Agent  or at the  request  of the
Majority  Lenders,  to  conduct  appraisals  of the  Systems,  the cost of which
appraisals  shall be borne  by the  Borrower  following  a  Default  or Event of
Default.

                Section 5.1.23. Environmental Compliance. Comply strictly and in
all  respects  with  the   requirements  of  all  federal,   state,   and  local
environmental  laws;  notify  the  Lenders  promptly  in the event of any spill,
Hazardous  Material affecting the premises occupied by the Borrower from time to
time;  forward to the  Lenders  promptly  any notices  relating to such  matters
received from any governmental agency; and pay promptly when due any uncontested
fine or assessment against the Premises.

                Section 5.1.24. Remediation.  Immediately contain and remove any
Hazardous  Material found on the Premises in compliance with applicable laws and
at the Borrower's  expense,  subject however,  to the right of the Agent, at the
Agent's option but at the Borrower's expense, to have an environmental  engineer
or other representative review the work being done.

                Section 5.1.25.  Site Assessments.  Promptly upon the request of
the Agent,  based upon the Agent's  reasonable belief that a material  hazardous
waste or other  environmental  problem  exists  with  respect  to the  Premises,
provide the Agent with an environmental  site assessment  report or an update of
any  existing  report,  all in scope,  form and  content and  performed  by such
company as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

                                                        56

<PAGE>



                Section 5.1.26. Indemnity.  Indemnify,  defend, and hold each of
the Lenders and the Agent  harmless  from and  against any claim,  cost,  damage
(including without limitation consequential damages), expense (including without
limitation  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  expenses),  loss,  liability,  or
judgment  now or  hereafter  arising as a result of any claim for  environmental
cleanup  costs,   any  resulting   damage  to  the  environment  and  any  other
environmental claims against the Borrower,  the Lenders and/or the Agent arising
out of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  or the Premises.  The
provisions  of this Section shall  continue in effect and shall  survive  (among
other events) any  termination of this  Agreement,  foreclosure,  a deed in lieu
transaction,  payment and satisfaction of the Note and other  obligations of the
Borrower hereunder, and release of any collateral for the Loans.

                Section  5.1.27.  Liquidity.  Maintain,  at all times during the
period from the Closing Date through  December 31, 1997,  liquidity equal to the
sum of Cash  Equivalent  Investments,  plus the amount of the  Unused  Revolving
Commitment of not less than $5,000,000.

                Section  5.1.28.  Pending  Acquisitions.  Consummate  all of the
Pending Acquisitions other than the Vista I System no later than April 30, 1996,
and  consummate  the  acquisition  of the Vista I System no later  than June 30,
1996.

        Section 5.2.  Negative  Covenants of the Borrower.  From the date hereof
and  thereafter  for so long as any portion of the  Commitment is outstanding or
the  Borrower  is  indebted  to any  Lender  and/or  the Agent  under any of the
Financing  Documents,  each of the  Borrower  and GTI will not,  with respect to
itself  and,  unless  noted  otherwise  below,  with  respect  to  each  of  its
Subsidiaries,  will ensure that each such Subsidiary will not, without the prior
written consent of the Majority Lenders:

                Section 5.2.1.  Liens, etc. Create,  incur,  assume or suffer to
exist any Lien of any nature, upon or with respect to any of its properties, now
owned or hereafter  acquired,  or assign as  collateral  or otherwise  convey as
collateral,  any right to receive income, except that the foregoing restrictions
shall not apply to any Liens:

                         Section 5.2.1.1.  For taxes, assessments or
governmental  charges or levies on property if the same shall not at the time be
delinquent  or  thereafter  can be paid  without  penalty  or  interest,  or (if
foreclosure, distraint, sale or other

                                                        57

<PAGE>



similar  proceedings  shall not have been commenced) are being contested in good
faith and by appropriate  proceedings  diligently conducted and for which proper
reserve or other provision has been made in accordance with GAAP;

                         Section 5.2.1.2.  Imposed by law, such as
carriers',  warehousemen's  and  mechanics'  liens,  bankers' set off rights and
other similar liens arising in the ordinary  course of business for sums not yet
due or being contested in good faith and by appropriate  proceedings  diligently
conducted  and for which  proper  reserve  or other  provision  has been made in
accordance with GAAP;

                         Section 5.2.1.3.  Arising in the ordinary course of
business  out  of  pledges  or  deposits  under  worker's   compensation   laws,
unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement
benefits, or similar legislation;

                         Section 5.2.1.4.  Arising from or upon any judgment
or award,  provided that such judgment or award is being contested in good faith
by proper  appeal  proceedings  and only so long as execution  thereon  shall be
stayed;

                Section 5.2.1.5.  Set forth on Exhibit 1.7;

                Section 5.2.1.6.  Now  or  hereafter  granted  pursuant  to  the
Security  Documents or otherwise  now or hereafter  granted to the Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders as collateral for the Loans and/or the  Borrower's  other
Obligations arising in connection with or under this Agreement;

                Section 5.2.1.7. Consisting of deposits to secure
the  performance  of bids,  trade  contracts  (other than for  borrowed  money),
leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety  bonds,  performance  bonds  and  other
obligations of a like nature  incurred in the ordinary  course of the Borrower's
or any Subsidiary's business;

                Section 5.2.1.8.  Consisting  of  easements,  rights  of  way,
restrictions and other similar  encumbrances  incurred in the ordinary course of
business  which, in the aggregate,  are not substantial in amount,  and which do
not in any case  materially  detract  from the  value  of the  property  subject
thereto or interfere  with the  ordinary  conduct of business by the Borrower or
any Subsidiary;

                Section 5.2.1.9. Securing Indebtedness permitted to exist  under
Section 5.2.8.5 hereof; and

                                                        58

<PAGE>



                Section 5.2.1.10. Granted pursuant to the Pledge and Assignment
Agreement for the sole purpose of securing the obligations of the Borrower under
Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture.

     Section  5.2.2.  Assumptions,  Guaranties,  etc. of  Indebtedness  of Other
Persons. Assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become directly or contingently
liable in connection  with any obligation or  Indebtedness  of any other Person,
except:

                         Section  5.2.2.1.   Guaranties  by  endorsement  of
negotiable  instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the
ordinary course of business;

                         Section 5.2.2.2.  Assumptions, guaranties, endorsements
and contingent  liabilities  within the definition of Indebtedness and permitted
by Section 5.2.8; and

                         Section 5.2.2.3.  Those set forth on Exhibit 5.2.2.

                Section  5.2.3.  Sale  of  Assets  Dissolution,  etc.  Dissolve,
liquidate, wind up, merge or consolidate or combine with another Person or sell,
assign, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series
of  transactions)  all or a substantial part of its assets (whether now owned or
hereafter  acquired),  or any of the General  Partner's,  the  Borrower's or any
Subsidiary's  interests in real  property  other than (i) Asset Sales  involving
assets having an aggregate  fair salable value of less than $500,000  during the
term of this Agreement,  (ii) Asset Sales having an aggregate fair salable value
in excess of  $500,000  during  the term of this  Agreement  and as to which the
Majority Lenders have given their prior written consent,  and (iii) System Asset
Sales in accordance with Section 2.6.1.3.

                Section 5.2.4.  Change in Nature of Business.  Make any material
change in the nature of its business.

                Section 5.2.5. Ownership.  Cause or permit (i) the occurrence of
any Change in  Control,  or (ii) any change in the  ownership  interests  of the
Borrower  which  would  cause  GTI or LLC to  cease to be the  managing  general
partner  of the  Borrower  holding  at  least  a 1%  ownership  interest  in the
Borrower.

                Section 5.2.6.  Sale and Leaseback.  Enter  into any  sale  and
leaseback  arrangement  with any  lender or  investor,  or enter into any leases
except in the normal course of business at

                                                        59

<PAGE>



reasonable rents comparable to those paid for similar leasehold
interests in the area.

                Section 5.2.7. Sale of Accounts,  etc. Sell, assign, discount or
dispose  in any  way of any  accounts  receivable,  promissory  notes  or  trade
acceptances  held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary,  with or without  recourse,
except in the ordinary course of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's business.

                Section 5.2.8.  Indebtedness.  Incur, create, become or
be liable directly or indirectly in any manner with respect to or
permit to exist any Indebtedness except:

                Section 5.2.8.1. Indebtedness under the Financing
Documents;

                         Section 5.2.8.2.  Indebtedness with respect to
trade  obligations  and other  normal  accruals  and  customer  deposits  in the
ordinary course of business not yet due and payable in accordance with customary
trade  terms  or with  respect  to  which  the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  is
contesting  in  good  faith  the  amount  or  validity  thereof  by  appropriate
proceedings  and then only to the extent  such Person has set aside on its books
adequate reserves therefor;

                         Section 5.2.8.3.  The Management Fees and the
Seller Notes (the Seller Notes to be in an amount not to exceed
$616,000);

                         Section 5.2.8.4.  Any Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness  from  time to time  outstanding,  all upon  terms  and  conditions
satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, and provided that the Majority Lenders, in
their sole discretion, have consented to the incurrence thereof;

                         Section 5.2.8.5.  Indebtedness with respect to
Capitalized Lease Obligations,  leases and loans with respect to motor vehicles,
purchase  money  Indebtedness  and  mortgage  Indebtedness  with respect to real
property in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $500,000;

                         Section 5.2.8.6.  Indebtedness with respect to
interest rate protection obligations under Section 2.7.5.

                Section 5.2.8.7. Indebtedness with respect to the
Senior  Subordinated Notes and the Related Documents not exceeding  $120,000,000
in the aggregate.

                                                        60

<PAGE>



                Section  5.2.9.  Other  Agreements.  Amend  any of the  terms or
conditions  of the  documents  evidencing  the  Related  Documents,  the  Equity
Documents,   the  Affiliate  Subordination  Agreement,  any  Purchase  and  Sale
Agreement  relating  to any Pending  Acquisition,  or any  material  term of the
Management  Agreement,  or any  indenture,  agreement,  document,  note or other
instrument evidencing,  securing or relating to any other Indebtedness permitted
under Section 5.2.8.

                Section  5.2.10.  Payment or  Prepayment  of Equity.  Except for
Permitted Restricted  Payments,  make any payment or prepayment of any principal
of or interest on or any payment, prepayment,  redemption,  defeasance,  sinking
fund payment,  other repayment of principal or deposit for the purpose of any of
the foregoing on or in connection with the Equity.

                Section 5.2.11. Dividends,  Payments and Distributions.  Declare
or  pay  any  dividends,  management  fees  or  like  fees  or  make  any  other
distribution  of cash or property or both to any of the  Manager,  GTI or LLC or
use  any  of  its  assets  for  payment,  purchase,  retention,  acquisition  or
retirement of any beneficial interest in the Borrower or GTI or LLC or set aside
or reserve  assets for sinking or like funds for any of the foregoing  purposes,
make any other  distribution  by reduction of capital or otherwise in respect of
any  beneficial  interest in the Borrower or GTI or LLC or permit any Subsidiary
which is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary so to do; provided, that the Borrower (i)
may make  distributions  (A) to GTI and LLC (but only so long as no  Default  or
Event of Default then exists or would be created  thereby)  not more  frequently
than once per  Borrower  fiscal year to enable  GTI,  LLC and its members to pay
federal and state income  taxes  payable by GTI, LLC and its members as a result
of the taxable  income of the  Borrower  for federal  income tax purposes to the
extent that such taxable income cannot be offset by previously generated taxable
losses of the  Borrower,  and (B) to LLC in an  aggregate  annual  amount not to
exceed $45,000 to enable LLC to pay managers' fees to the managers  appointed by
the Investors (collectively,  the "Permitted Restricted Payments"), and (ii) may
pay  Management  Fees to the Manager only in accordance  with and subject to the
Management  Agreement  and  the  Affiliate  Subordination  Agreement,  as  those
agreements  are in effect on the date hereof,  but in no event may the amount of
Management  Fees paid with respect to any fiscal  quarter of the Borrower in any
of the periods set forth below exceed an amount equal to the  percentage  of the
Gross Revenues of the Borrower (other than from the sale or other disposition of
a capital asset) for any fiscal quarter during the period set forth below

                                                        61

<PAGE>



opposite each such percentage.

  Period                                  Percentage of Gross Revenues
- ----------                               ------------------------------

  1995                                                5.50%

  1996                                                5.25%

  1997                                                5.00%

  1998 and thereafter                                 4.50%

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  following consummation of the acquisition of the
Douglas  System,  the Management Fee shall not exceed 4.5% of the Gross Revenues
of the  Borrower  (other  than from the sale or other  disposition  of a capital
asset) for any fiscal quarter.  The Management Fees shall be fully  subordinated
to the  payment  of the  Obligations  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  Affiliate
Subordination  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  set forth
herein or in the Management  Agreement,  during the existence of a Default or an
Event of Default,  Management  Fees shall  accrue at the  percentages  permitted
above,  but no amount of Management Fees shall be permitted to be paid in excess
of 40% of the amount which would  otherwise be permitted to be paid  pursuant to
the terms of this Section (any such  Management  Fees accruing but not permitted
to be paid pursuant to this sentence being herein  referred to as  "Subordinated
Management  Fees").  No  Subordinated  Management Fees may be paid until one day
following the Term Loan Repayment Date and  Subordinated  Management  Fees shall
not bear interest.

                Section 5.2.12.  Investments in or to Other Persons. (a) Make or
commit to make any  Investment  in or to any  other  Person  (including  without
limitation  any  Subsidiary)  other than (i) advances to employees  for business
expenses  not  to  exceed  Ten  Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000)  in  the  aggregate
outstanding for any one employee and not to exceed Twenty-five  Thousand Dollars
($25,000) in the aggregate  outstanding  at any one time to all such  employees,
(ii) Cash Equivalent Investments, (iii) Investments in accounts, contract rights
and  chattel  paper  (as  defined  in the  Uniform  Commercial  Code)  and notes
receivable,  arising or acquired in the ordinary  course of  business,  (iv) the
Pending  Acquisitions  and  (v)  the  acquisition  of  Permitted  Cable  Systems
(together with the Pending  Acquisitions,  each a "Permitted  Acquisition"),  as
herein permitted.


                                                        62

<PAGE>


                Section 5.2.12.1.  During  the  period  from  the  Closing  Date
through  December  31,  1997,  the  Borrower  may make  Permitted  Acquisitions,
provided that:

                (a)  Immediately  prior  to and  upon  the  consummation  of any
                Permitted Acquisition, no Event of Default or Default shall have
                occurred and be continuing  and the Borrower shall have provided
                the Majority  Lenders with evidence  satisfactory  to them that,
                upon the consummation of the Permitted  Acquisition,  no Default
                or Event of Default will exist on a pro forma basis.

                (b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained
                in Article 4 hereof  shall be true and  correct in all  material
                respects on and as of the date of the Permitted Acquisition.

                (c) The Lenders shall have  received any  financial  information
                relating  to the  subject  cable  television  system  reasonably
                requested by any of them.

                (d) The Agent and the Lenders  shall have been provided with all
                due  diligence  materials  requested by the Agent or the Lenders
                with respect to the subject cable television system,  including,
                without limitation,  copies of all required consents,  copies of
                all Franchises relating to such cable television system,  copies
                of all contracts  relating to such cable television  system, and
                legal  opinions  addressed  to the  Agent  from  the  Borrower's
                counsel, FCC counsel,  local counsel to the Borrower and counsel
                to the seller of such cable television system.

                (e) At least thirty (30) days prior to the  consummation of such
                Permitted  Acquisition,  the Lenders shall have received  annual
                projections  prepared by the  Borrower on a  consolidated  basis
                through  the  Term  Loan  Repayment  Date,  satisfactory  to the
                Majority  Lenders in their sole  discretion,  showing  pro forma
                compliance  with all covenants of the Borrower  hereunder  after
                giving effect to such Permitted  Acquisition,  together with the
                amount and purpose of any projected Capital  Expenditures (which
                amount  and  purpose  of  such  Capital   Expenditures  must  be
                satisfactory to the Majority  Lenders in their sole  discretion)
                with  respect  to such  Permitted  Cable  System,  and any other
                projections  reasonably  required by any Lender. The Agent shall
                notify the Borrower  within  thirty (30) days of receipt of such
                projections of the

                                                        63

<PAGE>



                satisfactory or unsatisfactory nature of such
                projections.

                (f) The  Agent  shall  have  received  Security  Documents  with
                respect  to the  subject  cable  television  system  in form and
                substance  satisfactory  to the Agent and  substantially  in the
                form of  those  Security  Documents  provided  to the  Agent  in
                connection  with the  Original  Loan  Agreement,  and all  other
                documentation required to provide the Agent, acting as agent for
                the Lenders,  with a first priority perfected Lien on all assets
                being acquired by the Borrower in connection with such Permitted
                Acquisition  as  the  Agent  deems  necessary  or  desirable  as
                collateral for the Obligations.

                (g) If the seller of such  cable  system  shall  have  agreed to
                accept a note or  deferred  payment  as  partial  payment of the
                purchase price of such cable television  system, the Agent shall
                have received an affiliate  subordination  agreement executed by
                such seller  subordinating  such note or deferred payment to the
                Obligations in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders in
                their sole discretion.

                (h) All  Pending  Acquisitions  (other  than the Vista I System)
                shall be  consummated  on or before  April 30, 1996 (or June 30,
                1996 in the case of the Vista I System),  in accordance with the
                terms of the respective Purchase and Sale Agreements.

                (i) The  acquisition  costs  (including  any fees  and  expenses
                relating  thereto)  of any  Permitted  Acquisition  other than a
                Pending  Acquisition  shall  not  exceed  $20,000,000,  and  the
                aggregate  purchase  price of all such  Permitted  Acquisitions,
                excluding   the   Pending   Acquisitions,   shall   not   exceed
                $50,000,000.

                (j) The Agent shall have received  evidence that the  Additional
                Equity contribution  attributable to any Pending Acquisition has
                been made by the Investors.

                Section  5.2.13.   Transactions   with  Affiliates.   Except  as
contemplated  by the Equity  Documents,  engage in any transaction or enter into
any agreement with an Affiliate,  or in the case of Affiliates or  Subsidiaries,
with the  Borrower or another  Affiliate or  Subsidiary,  on other than an arm's
length basis.

                                                        64

<PAGE>



                Section 5.2.14.  Change of Fiscal Year.  Change its
fiscal year.

                Section 5.2.15.  Subordination of Claims.  Subordinate or permit
to be subordinated  any present or future claim against or obligation of another
Person,  except  as  ordered  in  a  bankruptcy  or  similar  creditors'  remedy
proceeding of such other Person.

                Section 5.2.16.  Compliance with ERISA. With respect to Borrower
and any Commonly Controlled Entity (a) terminate, or cease to have an obligation
to  contribute  to,  any  Multiemployer  Plan so as to  result  in any  material
liability of the Borrower or any  Commonly  Controlled  Entity to PBGC or to any
Multiemployer  Plan, (b) engage in any "prohibited  transaction"  (as defined in
section  4975 of the Code)  involving  any Plan which would result in a material
liability of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity for an excise tax or
civil penalty in connection therewith, (c) except for any deficiency caused by a
waiver of the minimum  funding  requirement  under  section 412 of the code,  as
described  above,  incur or suffer to exist any  material  "accumulated  funding
deficiency"  (as defined in section 302 of ERISA and  sections 412 and/or 418 of
the Code) of the  Borrower or any  Commonly  Controlled  Entity,  whether or not
waived,  involving any Single  Employer  Plan,  (d) incur or suffer to exist any
Reportable  Event or the  appointment of a trustee or institution of proceedings
for  appointment of a trustee for any Single  Employer Plan if, in the case of a
Reportable  Event,  same continues  unremedied for ten (10) days after notice of
such Reportable Event pursuant to section 4043(a), (c) or (d) of ERISA is given,
if in the  reasonable  opinion of the Lenders any of the  foregoing is likely to
result in a  material  liability  of the  Borrower  or any  Commonly  Controlled
Entity.  The assets  held under  these  Plans  being  sufficient  to protect all
accrued  benefits,  (e) allow or suffer to exist any event or  condition,  which
presents a material  risk of  incurring a material  liability of the Borrower or
any Commonly Controlled Entity to PBGC by reason of termination of any such Plan
or (f) cause or permit any Plan  maintained  by  Borrower  and/or  any  Commonly
Controlled  Entity to be out of  compliance  with  ERISA  and/or  Title X of the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended. For purposes
of this  Section  5.2.16  "material  liability"  shall  be  deemed  to mean  any
liability of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or more in the aggregate.

                Section 5.2.17.  Capital Expenditures.  Incur or make
Capital Expenditures during any fiscal year of the Borrower set

                                                        65

<PAGE>



forth  below in an amount in excess of the amount set forth below  opposite  the
fiscal year of the Borrower ending at the date set forth below:

Fiscal Year Ending                                 Maximum Capital Expenditure
- ------------------                                 ---------------------------

December 31, 1995                                           $ 5,200,000

December 31, 1996                                           $11,500,000

December 31, 1997                                           $13,500,000

December 31, 1998                                           $ 9,500,000

December 31, 1999 and each                                  $ 8,500,000
  fiscal year thereafter

                If the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  do not fully  utilize the
maximum  permitted  amount of  Capital  Expenditures  provided  for above in any
fiscal year, they may carry forward for one year only the unexpended  portion of
the maximum amount of Capital  Expenditures  permitted  above to the immediately
succeeding fiscal year.

                The  maximum  amount of Capital  Expenditures  permitted  in any
fiscal year as set forth above may be increased,  with the prior written consent
of the Majority  Lenders,  in the event the Borrower  acquires a Permitted Cable
System in accordance  with Section  5.2.12  hereof.  The amount of such increase
shall be equal to the amount of Capital  Expenditures  projected to be made with
respect to such Permitted Cable System, adjusted to reflect any ownership by the
Borrower for less than a full fiscal year.

                In any event,  the Borrower shall make its Capital  Expenditures
substantially  in  accordance  with  and  for  the  purposes   outlined  in  the
projections provided at the time of such Permitted Acquisition.

                Section 5.2.18.  Hazardous Waste. Become involved, or permit any
tenant of its real property to become  involved,  in any operations at such real
property generating,  storing,  disposing, or handling Hazardous Material or any
other activity that could lead to the imposition on the Borrower or the Agent or
any Lender,  or any such real  property of any material  liability or Lien under
any environmental laws.

                Section 5.2.19.  Payments on Senior Subordinated  Notes.

                                                        66

<PAGE>



Make any payment or  prepayment  of any  principal  of,  interest on or fees and
other  charges  with  respect  to,  or  any  payment,  prepayment,   redemption,
defeasance,  sinking  fund  payment,  other  repayment  of  principal or deposit
(including,  without  limitation,  any deposit under the terms of the Pledge and
Assignment  Agreement  other than the deposit of the initial net proceeds of the
Senior  Subordinated  Notes) for the  purpose of any of the  foregoing  on or in
connection with the Senior  Subordinated Notes, except for payments permitted to
be made to the  holders  of the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  under the terms of
Article 12 of the Indenture, provided that in no event may the Borrower exercise
its right to make, or make defeasance  payments under Article 4 of the Indenture
or make any optional or discretionary payment or prepayment of any principal of,
interest on, or fees and other charges with respect to, the Senior  Subordinates
Notes or any payment, prepayment,  redemption, defeasance, sinking fund payment,
repayment of principal or deposit (including,  without  limitation,  any deposit
under the terms of the Pledge and Assignment Agreement other than the deposit of
the initial net  proceeds of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes) for the purpose of
the foregoing on or with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

        Section 5.3. Reporting Requirements. From the date hereof and thereafter
for so long as any portion of the  Commitment is  outstanding or the Borrower is
indebted to any Lender  and/or the Agent under any of the  Financing  Documents,
the  Borrower  will,  unless the Majority  Lenders  shall  otherwise  consent in
writing,  furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent for  distribution to the
Lenders:

                Section  5.3.1.  As  soon  as  possible  and in any  event  upon
acquiring knowledge of an Event of Default or Default, continuing on the date of
such  statement,  the written  statement of an officer of the  Borrower  setting
forth  details of such Event of  Default  or  Default  and the action  which the
Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

                Section  5.3.2.  As soon as  practicable  after  the end of each
fiscal  year of Borrower  and in any event  within 90 days after the end of each
fiscal year of the  Borrower,  a balance  sheet of the  Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries  as at the end of such  year,  and a  statement  of income and cash
flows and  partners'  capital of the Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries  for
such year setting forth in each case the corresponding figures for the preceding
fiscal year, such statements to be certified by a firm of independent  certified
public  accountants  selected  by  Borrower  and  reasonably  acceptable  to the
Majority

                                                        67

<PAGE>



Lenders,  and to contain a statement  to the effect that such  accountants  have
examined  Sections  5.1.10  through  5.1.14  and 5.2.17 and that in the scope of
their review  nothing has come to their  attention to indicate that a Default or
Event of  Default  exists  on  account  of  Borrower's  failure  to have been in
compliance therewith on the date of such statements;

                Section 5.3.3.  As soon as is practicable  after the end of each
of each fiscal  quarter of each  Borrower  fiscal  year and in any event  within
forty-five  (45)  days  thereafter,  a  balance  sheet of the  Borrower  and the
Subsidiaries  as of the end of such  period and a  statement  of income and cash
flows of the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  for such period and the fiscal year
to that date, subject to changes resulting from year-end  adjustments,  together
with a comparison to the Budget for the applicable period, such balance sheet to
be prepared  and  certified by GTI in an  Officer's  Certificate  as having been
prepared in accordance with GAAP except for footnotes and year-end  adjustments,
and to be in form satisfactory to the Agent;

                Section  5.3.4.  As soon as  practicable  after  the end of each
fiscal year the management  letter for the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  (when
and if issued) prepared with respect to such fiscal year by the certified public
accounting firm which certified the financial statements in question;

                Section 5.3.5. Simultaneously with the furnishing of each of the
year-end  financial  statements  of the  Borrower  and  the  Subsidiaries  to be
delivered pursuant to Section 5.3.2 and each of the quarterly  statements of the
Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries  to be  delivered  pursuant to Section  5.3.3 an
Officer's  Certificate  of an officer of GTI which shall  contain a statement in
the form of Exhibit  5.3.5 to the effect that no Event of Default or Default has
occurred,  without having been waived in writing, or if there shall have been an
Event of Default not  previously  waived in writing  pursuant to the  provisions
hereof,  or a Default,  such  Officer's  Certificate  shall  disclose the nature
thereof.  Each such Officer's  Certificate  shall also calculate,  set forth and
certify  to the  accuracy  of  the  amounts  required  to be  calculated  in the
financial covenants of the Borrower contained in this Agreement and described in
Exhibit 5.3.5;

                Section 5.3.6. Promptly after the commencement  thereof,  notice
of all material actions,  suits and proceedings before any court or governmental
department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign, affecting the

                                                        68

<PAGE>



Borrower, GTI and/or any Subsidiary;

                Section 5.3.7.  As soon as reasonably  possible and in any event
within 30 days  after the end of each  month,  a  certificate  of an  authorized
representative  of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable  detail and compared
to  Budget,  as to each of the  Systems,  (i) the  numbers  and  types  of Basic
Subscribers and other subscribers (including tier and pay subscribers) as at the
end of such month,  (ii) changes in numbers of each such category of subscribers
(including numbers of disconnects and connects within each such category), (iii)
the numbers and types of Basic  Subscribers more than sixty (60) days delinquent
measured from the date of original  billing,  and (iv) the average basic and pay
rates;

                Section  5.3.8.  On or before  January 31 of each fiscal year of
the Borrower  commencing  hereafter,  an updated proposed budget,  prepared on a
monthly basis, and updated financial  projections  (together,  the "Budget") for
the next four fiscal years,  setting forth in detail reasonably  satisfactory to
the Agent the projected results of operations of the Borrower, including without
limitation,  projected revenues and expenses, detailed Capital Expenditures plan
and subscriber levels,  stating  underlying  assumptions and, if required by the
Lender,  accompanied by a written  statement of an authorized  representative of
the Borrower certifying as to the approval of such Budget by GTI;

                Section 5.3.9. Such other  information  respecting the business,
properties  or the  condition  or  operations,  financial or  otherwise,  of the
Borrower,  GTI or any of their  Subsidiaries as any Lender may from time to time
reasonably request;

                Section 5.3.10. Written notice of the fact and of the details of
any sale or transfer of any ownership interest in GTI, or any ownership interest
owned by the  Borrower,  GTI or LLC in the Borrower or any  Subsidiary or by the
Investors,  Old Galaxy,  Vista,  Vantage or  Management  LLC in GTI or LLC given
promptly  after  Borrower  acquires  knowledge  thereof  except that notice with
regard to sales or  transfers  of Limited  Partner's  interests  may be provided
annually  within  thirty  (30) days  after  preparation  of  Borrower's  limited
partnership federal tax return; provided, however, that this clause shall not be
deemed to constitute or imply any consent to any such sale or transfer;

                Section 5.3.11.  Prompt written notice of loss of any
key personnel, termination of or default under the Management

                                                        69

<PAGE>



Agreement or any material adverse change in the Borrower's,  GTI's, Manager's or
any Subsidiary's condition,  financial or otherwise,  and an explanation thereof
and of the actions  Borrower,  General  Partner,  Manager and/or such Subsidiary
propose to take with respect thereto; and

                Section 5.3.12.  Written notice of the following events, as soon
as  possible  and in any event  within 15 days after the  Borrower  knows or has
reason  to know  thereof:  (i) the  occurrence  or  expected  occurrence  of any
Reportable  Event  with  respect  to  any  Plan,  or  (ii)  the  institution  of
proceedings or the taking or expected  taking of any other action by PBGC or the
Borrower or any Commonly  Controlled Entity to terminate,  withdraw or partially
withdraw  from any  Plan  and,  with  respect  to any  Multiemployer  Plan,  the
Reorganization  (as defined in Section 4241 of ERISA) or Insolvency  (as defined
in Section 4245 of ERISA) of such Plan and in addition to such  notice,  deliver
to the Lender  whichever of the  following may be  applicable:  (a) an Officer's
Certificate  setting  forth details as to such  Reportable  Event and the action
that the Borrower or Commonly  Controlled  Entity  proposes to take with respect
thereto, together with a copy of any notice of such Reportable Event that may be
required to be filed with PBGC, or (b) any notice  delivered by PBGC  evidencing
its intent to institute such proceedings or any notice to PBGC that such Plan is
to be terminated, as the case may be.

                                   ARTICLE 6.


                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        Section 6.1.  Events of Default.  The Borrower shall be in default under
each of the Financing  Documents,  upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events ("Events of Default"):

                Section  6.1.1.  If Borrower shall fail to make due and punctual
payment of any principal, fees, interest and/or other amounts payable under this
Agreement as provided in any of the Notes and/or in this Agreement when the same
is due and  payable,  whether  at the due date  thereof  or at a date  fixed for
prepayment or if Borrower shall fail to make any such payment of fees, interest,
principal  and/or any other amount under this Agreement  and/or under any of the
Notes on the date when such payment becomes due and payable by acceleration;


                                                        70

<PAGE>



                Section 6.1.2. If GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp., Management LLC,
the  Manager or any  Subsidiary  shall  make an  assignment  for the  benefit of
creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its or their debts as they become due,
or shall admit in writing its or their inability to pay its debts as they become
due or shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or shall file any petition
or answer  seeking any  reorganization,  arrangement,  composition,  adjustment,
liquidation,  dissolution  or  similar  relief  under the  present or any future
federal bankruptcy laws or other applicable federal, state or other statute, law
or  regulation,  or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the  appointment of
any trustee,  receiver or liquidator of it or of all or any substantial  part of
its  properties,  or if partnership  or corporate  action shall be taken for the
purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

                Section 6.1.3. To the extent not described in Section 6.1.2, (i)
if GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp.,  Management LLC, the Manager or any Subsidiary
shall be the  subject  of a  bankruptcy  proceeding,  or (ii) if any  proceeding
against  any of  them  seeking  any  reorganization,  arrangement,  composition,
adjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under the present or any
future federal  bankruptcy law or other applicable  federal,  foreign,  state or
other statute,  law or regulation  shall be commenced,  or (iii) if any trustee,
receiver or liquidator of any of them or of all or any  substantial  part of any
or all  of  their  properties  shall  be  appointed  without  their  consent  or
acquiescence;  provided that in any of the cases described above in this Section
6.1.3,  such proceeding or appointment  shall not be an Event of Default if GTI,
GTLP,  LLC,  Capital  Corp.,  Management  LLC, the Manager or the  Subsidiary in
question shall cause such  proceeding or appointment to be discharged,  vacated,
dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days after commencement thereof; or

                Section 6.1.4. If final judgment or judgments  aggregating  more
than One Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000)  shall be rendered against GTLP,
GTI, LLC, Capital Corp., Management LLC, the Manager or any Subsidiary and shall
remain  undischarged,  unstayed or unpaid for an  aggregate  of thirty (30) days
(whether or not consecutive) after entry thereof; or

                Section 6.1.5. If GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp., Management LLC,
the  Manager  or any  Subsidiary  shall  default  (after  giving  effect  to any
applicable  grace period) in the due and punctual payment of the principal of or
interest on any Indebtedness exceeding in the aggregate $250,000 (other than the

                                                        71

<PAGE>



Loans),  or if any  default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing  after any
applicable grace period under any mortgage,  note or other agreement evidencing,
securing or providing  for the creation of such  Indebtedness,  which results in
the  acceleration of such  Indebtedness or which permits,  or with the giving of
notice  would  permit,  any  holder  or  holders  of any  such  Indebtedness  to
accelerate the stated maturity thereof; or

                Section 6.1.6. If there shall be a default in the performance of
the Borrower's obligations under Section 5.1.3 (insofar as such Section requires
the  preservation  of the limited  partnership  existence of the Borrower or the
corporate  existence of any  Subsidiaries),  Sections  5.1.10,  5.1.11,  5.1.12,
5.1.13, 5.1.14, 5.1.15, or 5.1.27 or Section 5.2 of this Agreement; or

                Section 6.1.7.  If there shall be any default in the performance
of any covenant or condition  contained in this Agreement or in any of the other
Financing  Documents to be observed or performed pursuant to the terms hereof or
any Financing  Document,  as the case may be, other than a covenant or condition
referred to in any other  subsection  of this Section 6.1 and such default shall
continue  unremedied  or unwaived,  (i) in the case of any covenant or condition
contained in Section 5.3, for twenty (20) Business  Days, or (ii) in the case of
any other covenant or condition for which no other grace period is provided, for
thirty (30) days, or (iii) if any of the  representations and warranties made or
deemed made by Borrower to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement proves to have
been false or misleading in any material respect when made; or

                Section 6.1.8.  If there shall be any attachment of any deposits
or other property of GTLP, GTI, LLC, Capital Corp.,  Management LLC, the Manager
and/or any  Subsidiary in the  possession of any Lender or any attachment of any
other property of GTLP,  GTI, LLC,  Capital Corp.,  Management  LLC, the Manager
and/or any Subsidiary in an amount exceeding Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000),
which  shall  not be  discharged  within  thirty  (30)  days of the date of such
attachment; or

                Section 6.1.9. Any  certification  of the financial  statements,
furnished  to  the  Agent   pursuant  to  Section   5.3.2,   shall  contain  any
qualification; provided, however, that such qualifications will not be deemed an
Event of Default  if in each case (i) such  certification  shall  state that the
examination  of the  financial  statements  covered  thereby  was  conducted  in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, including but not limited
to all such tests of the accounting records as

                                                        72

<PAGE>



are  considered  necessary in the  circumstances  by the  independent  certified
public  accountants  preparing such statements,  (ii) such financial  statements
were  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP and (iii) such  qualification  does not
involve the "going concern" status of the entity being reported upon; or

                Section  6.1.10.  The  on-the-air  cable  television  operations
affecting  more  than 10% of the  Basic  Subscribers  of the  Borrower  shall be
interrupted at any time for more than ten (10)  consecutive days or more than 15
days in a 12-month  period  unless  such  interruptions  are covered by business
interruption insurance; or

                Section 6.1.11. (i) the Borrower or GTI shall lose, fail to keep
in force,  suffer the  termination,  suspension  or  revocation of or terminate,
forfeit or suffer an amendment to any  Franchise or group of  Franchises  at any
time held by it covering 10% or more of the Basic Subscribers of the Borrower or
which would have a Material Adverse Effect,  which  circumstance  shall continue
for a period  of thirty  (30) days  after the  Borrower  or GTI  discovers  such
circumstance;  (ii) any  governmental  regulatory  authority  shall  schedule or
conduct a hearing on the renewal of any  Franchise  held by the Borrower and the
Majority Lenders shall  reasonably  believe that the result thereof shall be the
termination, revocation, suspension, or material amendment of such Franchise and
that  such  event  would be  likely  to have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Borrower;  (iii) any governmental  regulatory authority shall commence an action
or  proceeding  seeking  the  termination,  suspension,  revocation  or material
adverse  amendment  of any  Franchise  held by the  Borrower  or GTI or any such
termination,  revocation,  suspension or amendment which is reasonably likely to
result in a reduction  of Gross  Revenues on an annual  basis in excess of 5% of
the Gross  Revenues of the Borrower for the most recent fiscal year; or (iv) any
governmental  or  regulatory  authority  shall  order a refund  or  rollback  in
Borrower's cable television rates which will reduce  Borrower's  Projected Gross
Revenues by 2.5% or more; or

                Section 6.1.12. For any reason (i) Tommy L. Gleason,  Jr. and/or
James M.  Gleason  shall  cease to  actively  serve  in his  present  management
capacity with the Borrower or shall be released from such obligations,  unless a
successor  with  comparable  experience  and  training  in the cable  television
industry  reasonably  satisfactory to the Majority  Lenders is appointed  within
ninety (90) days after such  cessation,  or (ii) GTI shall cease to be a general
partner of the Borrower; or


                                                        73

<PAGE>



                Section  6.1.13.  The  termination,   for  any  reason,  of  the
Management  Agreement  or the  occurrence  of a material  default by the Manager
thereunder  unless a successor  with  comparable  experience and training in the
cable  television  industry  reasonably  satisfactory to the Majority Lenders is
appointed  pursuant to the terms of a management  agreement  satisfactory to the
Majority  Lenders  within  ninety  (90)  days  after  such  termination  or  the
occurrence of such Default; or

                Section 6.1.14.  The occurrence of a Change of Control; or

                Section  6.1.15.  The dissolution or termination of existence of
GTI, LLC or GTLP,  Capital Corp.,  the revocation by GTI or LLC of its Unlimited
Guaranty in favor of the Agent of even date herewith or withdrawal by GTI or LLC
as a General Partner of the Borrower; or

                Section 6.1.16.  The occurrence of a default or event of default
under the Related Documents or the Equity Documents.



                                   ARTICLE 7.


                               REMEDIES OF LENDERS

        Upon the  occurrence  of any one or more of the Events of  Default,  the
Agent, at the request of the Majority Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower,
declare  the  obligation  of the  Lenders  to make the  Loans to be  terminated,
whereupon the same and the Commitment shall forthwith terminate,  and the Agent,
at the  request  of the  Majority  Lenders,  shall,  by notice to the  Borrower,
declare  the  entire  unpaid  principal  amount  of the  Notes  and all fees and
interest  accrued and unpaid thereon and/or under this Agreement,  and/or any of
the Security  Documents and any and all other Indebtedness under this Agreement,
the Notes and/or any of the Security Documents of GTLP, LLC GTI or Capital Corp.
and/or any  Subsidiary to any of the Lenders  and/or to any holder of all or any
portion of each Note to be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon all such Notes,
and all such accrued fees and interest and other such Indebtedness  shall become
and be  forthwith  due and  payable,  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or
further  notice of any kind,  all of which are  hereby  expressly  waived by the
Borrower;  provided,  however  that upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default
under Section 6.1.2 or 6.1.3,

                                                        74

<PAGE>



all of the unpaid principal  amounts of the Notes, all fees and interest accrued
and  unpaid  thereon  and/or  under this  Agreement  and/or  under the  Security
Documents and any and all other such  Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of the
Lenders  and/or to any such holder  shall  thereupon  be due and payable in full
without any need for the Agent and/or any Lender to make any such declaration or
take  any  action  and  the  Lenders'   obligations  to  make  the  Loans  shall
simultaneously  terminate.  The Agent shall, in accordance with the votes of the
Majority Lenders, exercise all remedies on behalf of and for the account of each
Lender and on behalf of its respective Pro Rata Share of the Loans, its Note and
Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  owing to it or any of the  foregoing,  including
without  limitation  all  remedies  available  under  or  as a  result  of  this
Agreement,  the Notes or any of the Security  Documents  or any other  document,
instrument or agreement  now or hereafter  securing any of the Notes without any
such exercise  being deemed to modify in any way the fact that each Lender shall
be deemed a separate  creditor of the Borrower to the extent of its Note and Pro
Rata Share of the Loans and any other amounts  payable to such Lender under this
Agreement and/or the Security Documents and the Agent shall be deemed a separate
creditor of the  Borrower to the extent of any amounts  owed by the  Borrower to
the Agent.

                                   ARTICLE 8.

                              ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

        Section  8.1.  Appointment.  The  Agent  is  hereby  appointed  as agent
hereunder and each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to act hereunder and under
the Security  Documents as its agent hereunder and thereunder.  The Agent agrees
to act as such upon the  express  conditions  contained  in this  Article 8. The
provisions  of this  Article 8 are  solely for the  benefit  of the  Agent,  and
neither the  Borrower nor any third party shall have any rights as a third party
beneficiary  of any of the  provisions  hereof.  In performing its functions and
duties under this Agreement,  the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders
and does not  assume  and shall not be deemed  to have  assumed  any  obligation
towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower.

        Section 8.2.  Powers; General Immunity.

        Section 8.2.1.  Duties Specified.  Each Lender irrevocably
authorizes the Agent to take such action on such Lender's behalf,
including, without limitation, to execute and deliver the

                                                        75

<PAGE>



Security  Documents  to which the Agent is a party and to  exercise  such powers
hereunder and under the Security  Documents and other instruments and agreements
referred  to  herein  as are  specifically  delegated  to the Agent by the terms
hereof and  thereof,  together  with such  powers as are  reasonably  incidental
thereto. The Agent shall have only those duties and  responsibilities  which are
expressly specified in this Agreement or in any of the Security Documents and it
may perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. The duties of the
Agent shall be mechanical and  administrative in nature; and the Agent shall not
have by reason of this  Agreement or any of the  Security  Documents a fiduciary
relationship  in respect of any Lender;  and nothing in this Agreement or any of
the  Security  Documents,  expressed  or implied,  is intended to or shall be so
construed  as to impose  upon the  Agent  any  obligations  in  respect  of this
Agreement  or  any of the  Security  Documents  or  the  other  instruments  and
agreements referred to herein except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

        Section 8.2.2. No  Responsibility  for Certain Matters.  The Agent shall
not be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness,  genuineness,
validity,  enforceability,  collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement, the
Notes, the Security Documents or any other document, instrument or agreement now
or  hereafter  executed  in  connection  herewith  or  therewith,   or  for  any
representations,  warranties,  recitals or statements  made herein or therein or
made in any written or oral  statement or in any financial or other  statements,
instruments, reports, certificates or any other documents in connection herewith
or therewith by or on behalf of the Borrower  and/or any Subsidiary to the Agent
or any Lender,  or be required to ascertain or inquire as to the  performance or
observance of any of the terms, conditions,  provisions, covenants or agreements
contained  herein or therein or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or of
the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

        Section 8.2.3. Exculpatory Provisions.  Neither the Agent nor any of its
officers,  directors,  employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any
action taken or omitted hereunder or in connection herewith unless caused by its
or their gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  If the Agent shall  request
instructions  from  Lenders  with  respect to any act or action  (including  the
failure to take an action) in connection  with any of the  Financing  Documents,
the Agent  shall be  entitled  to refrain  from such act or taking  such  action
unless and until the Agent shall have  received  instructions  from the Majority
Lenders

                                                        76

<PAGE>



(or all of the Lenders if the action requires their consent).  Without prejudice
to the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully  protected  in relying,  upon any  communication,  instrument  or
document  believed  by it to be genuine  and  correct and to have been signed or
sent by the proper person or persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be
protected  in  relying  on  opinions  and  judgments  of  attorneys  (who may be
attorneys  for  the  Borrower),  accountants,  experts  and  other  professional
advisors  selected  by it;  and (ii) no  Lender  shall  have any right of action
whatsoever  against  the  Agent as a result  of the  Agent  acting  or (where so
instructed) refraining from acting under this Agreement or the other instruments
and agreements  referred to herein in accordance  with the  instructions  of the
Majority  Lenders (or all of the Lenders if the action  requires their consent).
The Agent shall be entitled to refrain from exercising any power,  discretion or
authority  vested  in it under  this  Agreement  or the  other  instruments  and
agreements  referred to herein unless and until it has obtained the instructions
of the  Majority  Lenders  (or all of the Lenders if the action  requires  their
consent).

        Section  8.2.4.  Agent  Entitled  to Act as Lender.  The  agency  hereby
created  shall in no way  impair or affect  any of the  rights and powers of, or
impose any duties or obligations  upon,  Fleet in its  individual  capacity as a
Lender  hereunder.  With  respect  to its  participation  in the  Loans  and the
Commitment,  Fleet shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder as any other
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not performing the duties and
functions  delegated to it hereunder,  and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" or any
similar term shall,  unless the context  clearly  otherwise  indicates,  include
Fleet in its  individual  capacity.  The Agent  and its  affiliates  may  accept
deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial  advisory or other  business  with the  Borrower or any  Affiliate  or
Subsidiary as if it were not performing  the duties  specified  herein,  and may
accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection
with this  Agreement  and  otherwise  without  having to account for the same to
Lenders.

        Section 8.3.  Representations and Warranties; No
Responsibility for Appraisal of Creditworthiness.  Each Lender
represents and warrants that it has made its own independent
investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the
Borrower, GTI, the Manager and any Subsidiaries of any of them in
connection with the making of the Loans hereunder and has made
and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the
creditworthiness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.  The Agent

                                                        77

<PAGE>



shall not have any duty or  responsibility  either  initially or on a continuing
basis to make any such  investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders
or to provide  any  Lender  with any credit or other  information  with  respect
thereto whether coming into its possession  before the making of any Loan or any
time or times  thereafter  (except for  information  received by the Agent under
Section 5.3 hereof which the Agent will promptly  forward to the  Lenders),  and
the Agent shall further not have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy
of or the completeness of the information provided to Lenders.

        Section  8.4.  Right to  Indemnity.  Each  Lender  severally  agrees  to
indemnify the Agent  proportionately  to its Pro Rata Share of the Loans, to the
extent the Agent shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower,  GTI and/or any
Subsidiary,  for  and  against  any and all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,  expenses  (including,
without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind
or nature  whatsoever  which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted  against
the Agent in  performing  its  duties  hereunder  or in any way  relating  to or
arising  out of this  Agreement  and/or  any of the other  Financing  Documents;
provided  that no Lender  shall be liable for any  portion of such  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  If any indemnity  furnished to the Agent for any purpose shall,  in
the opinion of the Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Agent may call
for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence,  to do the acts indemnified
against until such additional indemnity is furnished.

        Section  8.5.  Payee of Note  Treated  as Owner.  The Agent may deem and
treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes  hereof unless
and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been
filed with the Agent. Any request,  authority or consent of any person or entity
who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent,  is
the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder,
transferee  or assignee of that Note or of any Note or Notes  issued in exchange
for such Note.

        Section 8.6.  Resignation by Agent.

                Section 8.6.1.  The Agent may resign from the performance of all
its functions and duties  hereunder at any time by giving 30 days' prior written
notice to the Borrower and each

                                                        78

<PAGE>



of the Lenders.  Such  resignation  shall take effect upon the  acceptance  by a
successor  Agent of appointment  pursuant to clauses 8.6.2 and 8.6.3 below or as
otherwise provided below.

                Section 8.6.2. Upon any such notice of resignation, the Majority
Lenders shall  appoint a successor  agent who shall be a Lender and who shall be
satisfactory to the Borrower and shall be an incorporated  bank or trust company
with a combined  surplus and undivided  capital of at least Four Hundred Million
Dollars ($400,000,000).

                Section  8.6.3.  If a  successor  agent  shall  not have been so
appointed within said 30 day period,  the resigning  agent,  with the consent of
the Borrower, shall then appoint a successor agent who shall be a Lender and who
shall serve as the Agent until such time, if any, as the Majority Lenders,  with
the consent of the Borrower, appoint a successor agent as provided above.

                Section 8.6.4. If no successor agent has been appointed pursuant
to  clause  8.6.2  or  8.6.3 by the 40th day  after  the  date  such  notice  of
resignation was given by the resigning agent, the resigning agent's  resignation
shall become effective and the Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all the
duties of the resigning agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Majority
Lenders, with the consent of the Borrower, appoint a successor agent as provided
above.

        Section  8.7.  Successor  Agent.  The  Agent  may  resign at any time as
provided in Section  8.6.  Upon any such  notice of  resignation,  the  Majority
Lenders  shall have the right,  upon five (5) days notice to and the approval of
(which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld) the Borrower,  to appoint a
successor  agent.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the agent hereunder
by a successor agent, that successor agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring agent,
and the retiring  agent shall be discharged  from its duties and  obligations as
the agent under this Agreement. After any retiring agent's resignation hereunder
as the agent the  provisions  of this Article 8 shall inure to its benefit as to
any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the agent under this
Agreement.


 


                                                        79

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 9.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 9.1.  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.

                Section  9.1.1.  Except to the extent  prohibited  by applicable
law, the Borrower irrevocably:

                Section 9.1.1.1. agrees that any suit, action, or
other legal proceeding  arising out of this Agreement or any of the Loans may be
brought in the courts of record of the State of Rhode  Island or New York or the
Commonwealth of  Massachusetts or the courts of the United States located in the
States of Rhode Island or New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

                Section 9.1.1.2. consents to the jurisdiction of
each such court in any such suit, action or proceeding; and

                         Section 9.1.1.3.  waives any objection which it may
have to the laying of venue of such suit, action or proceeding in
any of such courts.

        For such time as any of the  Indebtedness  of the Borrower to any Lender
shall be unpaid in whole or in part  and/or the  Commitment  is in  effect,  the
Borrower irrevocably  designates Goodwin,  Procter & Hoar as its agent to accept
and  acknowledge  on its behalf service of any and all process in any such suit,
action or proceeding brought in any such court, and agrees and consents that any
such  service of process  upon such agent and written  notice of such service to
the Borrower by registered or certified mail shall be taken and held to be valid
personal  service upon the Borrower  regardless of where the Borrower shall then
be doing  business  and that any such  service of  process  shall be of the same
force  and  validity  as if  service  were made  upon it  according  to the laws
governing the validity and  requirements  of such service in each such state and
waives any claim of lack of  personal  service  or other  error by reason of any
such  service.  Any notice,  process,  pleadings or other papers served upon the
aforesaid  designated  agent shall,  within  three (3) Business  Days after such
service,  be sent by certified or registered mail to the Borrower at its address
set forth in this Agreement.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY
RIGHT
TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE  EVENT  OF ANY  DISPUTE  BETWEEN  THE
BORROWER  AND THE
LENDERS WITH RESPECT TO THE FINANCING  DOCUMENTS  AND/OR ANY OF THE
TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

        Section 9.2.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  No right or

                                                        80

<PAGE>



remedy  conferred  upon or reserved to the Lenders in this Agreement is intended
to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,  and every right and remedy shall,
to the extent  permitted  by law, be  cumulative  and in addition to every other
right and remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter  existing at law
or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any right or remedy
under this Agreement,  or otherwise,  shall not prevent the concurrent assertion
or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

        Section 9.3.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.  No delay in  exercising  or
failure to  exercise  by the  Lenders of any right or remedy  accruing  upon any
Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of
any such Event of Default or an  acquiescence  therein.  Every  right and remedy
given by this  Agreement or by law to the Lenders may be exercised  from time to
time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Lenders.

        Section 9.4.  Waiver of Stay or Extension  Laws. The Borrower  covenants
(to the extent  that it may  lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon,  or plead  or in any  manner  whatsoever  claim  or take  the  benefit  or
advantage  of, any stay or extension  law wherever  enacted,  now or at any time
hereafter in force,  which may affect the covenants or the  performance  of this
Agreement;  and the  Borrower  (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit and advantage of any such law and covenants that it
will not hinder,  delay or impede the  execution of any power herein  granted to
the  Lenders,  but will suffer and permit the  execution  of every such power as
though no such law had been enacted.

        Section 9.5. Amendments, etc. No amendment,  modification,  termination,
or waiver of any provision of this  Agreement or of the Notes nor consent to any
departure by the Borrower  therefrom shall in any event be effective  unless the
same  shall be in a  written  notice  given to the  Borrower  by the  Agent  and
consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders (or by the Agent acting alone if
any specific  provision of this Agreement provides that the Agent may grant such
amendment,  modification,  termination, waiver or departure) and the Agent shall
give any such notice if the  Majority  Lenders so consent or direct  Agent to do
so;  provided,  however,  that any such  amendment,  modification,  termination,
waiver or consent  shall  require a written  notice given to the Borrower by the
Agent and consented to in writing by all of the Lenders if the effect thereof is
to (i) change any of the provisions  affecting the interest rate on the Loans or
the

                                                        81
<PAGE>



fees set forth in Section 2.3 or amend, modify or waive any of the provisions of
Sections 2.7 or 2.1, (ii) extend or modify the  Commitment,  (iii)  discharge or
release  the  Borrower  from  its  obligation  to  repay  any or  all  principal
(including, without limitation,  Additional Principal) or interest due under the
Loans or any  indemnity  or  reimbursement  payable to any Lender  hereunder  or
release any  collateral or guaranty for the Loans,  (iv) change any Lender's Pro
Rata Share of the Commitment or the Loans (except in connection with assignments
thereof),  (v)  modify  this  Section  9.5 of this  Agreement,  (vi)  change the
definition  of  Majority  Lenders,  (vii)  extend  any due date for  payment  of
principal,  interest or fees, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective
only in the  specific  instance  and for the  specific  purpose for which given,
(viii) modify,  amend or terminate any material  agreement or any Franchise,  or
(ix)  approve  or consent to the  amendment  of any change in the  subordination
provisions  of the Related  Documents.  Any  amendment or  modification  of this
Agreement  must be  signed  by the  Borrower,  the Agent and at least all of the
Lenders  consenting thereto who shall then hold the Pro Rata Shares of the Loans
required for such amendment or modification under this Section 9.5 and the Agent
shall sign any such  amendment if such Lenders so consent or direct the Agent to
do so;  provided  that  any  Lender  dissenting  therefrom  shall  be  given  an
opportunity to sign any such amendment or  modification.  No notice to or demand
on the  Borrower  and no  consent,  waiver or  departure  from the terms of this
Agreement  granted by the Lenders in any case shall  entitle the Borrower to any
other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

        Section 9.6. Addresses for Notices, etc. All notices,  requests, demands
and other  communications  provided for hereunder (other than those which, under
the terms of this agreement, may be given by telephone, which shall be effective
when received verbally) shall be in writing (including  telegraphic,  telexed or
telecopied  communication)  and  mailed,  telegraphed,  telexed,  telecopied  or
delivered to the applicable party at the addresses indicated below:

                If to the Borrower:

                1220 North Main Street
                Sikeston, Missouri 63801
                Attention: Tommy L. Gleason, Jr.

                With copies to:


                                                        82
<PAGE>



                Goodwin, Procter & Hoar
                Exchange Place
                Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                Attention: Kevin Dennis, Esq.

                and

                Thompson & Mitchell
                One Mercantile Center
                St. Louis, Missouri  63101
                Attention:  Robert LaRose

                If to the Agent:

                Fleet National Bank
                111 Westminster Street
                Providence, Rhode Island 02903
                Attention:  James Miller,
                            Vice President
                Telecopy: (401) 278-3929

                With a copy to:

                Hinckley, Allen & Snyder
                1500 Fleet Center
                Providence, Rhode Island 02903
                Attention:  Jonathan Bell, Esquire
                Telecopy:  (401) 277-9600

and,  as to each  Lender,  at the  address  set  forth  for such  Lender  on the
signature page hereto, or, with respect to a Substituted  Lender, the applicable
Substitution Agreement,  or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to each other party complying as to
the delivery with the terms of this Section. All such notices, requests, demands
and  other   communications   shall  be  effective  when   received.   Requests,
certificates,  items provided pursuant to Section 5.3 and other routine mailings
or notices need not be accompanied by a copy to legal counsel for the Lenders or
the Borrower.

        Section 9.7.  Costs,  Expenses and Taxes.  The Borrower agrees to pay on
demand the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Messrs. Hinckley, Allen
&  Snyder,  counsel  for the  Agent,  and the  Lenders  in  connection  with the
preparation,  execution and delivery of the  Financing  Documents and the Loans.
The Borrower agrees to pay on demand up to $10,000 of reasonable costs and

                                                        83

<PAGE>



expenses (including without limitation  reasonable  attorneys' fees) incurred by
the Agent in connection  with  assignments  made by Lenders  pursuant to Section
9.11.  The Borrower  agrees to pay on demand all  reasonable  costs and expenses
(including without limitation  reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Agent
in connection  with any amendment  hereto or to any of the Financing  Documents.
The  Borrower  agrees  to  pay on  demand  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses
(including without limitation  reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Agent
and any Lender,  upon or after an Event of Default,  if any, in connection  with
the enforcement of any of the Financing Documents. The Borrower agrees to pay on
demand  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses   (including   without  limitation
reasonable  attorneys'  fees of one law firm  representing  the  Agent  and of a
second law firm  representing  the Lenders as a group) incurred by the Agent and
the Lenders  upon or within the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  if any, in
connection  with any  amendment,  waiver or consent  with  respect  thereto.  In
addition, the Borrower shall pay on demand any and all stamp and other taxes and
fees payable or determined  to be payable in  connection  with the execution and
delivery  of the  Financing  Documents,  and agrees to save the  Lenders and the
Agent  harmless  from and against  any and all  liabilities  with  respect to or
resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes or fees, except
those resulting from the Lenders' gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

        Section 9.8.  Participations.  Any Lender may sell participations in all
or part of the Loans  made by it and/or  its  Commitment  or any other  interest
herein,  in which  event the  participant  shall not have any  rights  under any
Financing Document (the  participant's  rights against such Lender in respect of
that  participation  to be those set  forth in the  agreement  executed  by such
Lender in favor of the participant  relating thereto) and all amounts payable by
the Borrower  hereunder or thereunder  shall be determined as if such Lender had
not sold such participation.  Such Lender may furnish any information concerning
the Borrower and any  Subsidiary  in the  possession of such Lender from time to
time to participants (including prospective participants).

        Section 9.9. Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the  benefit of the  Borrower,  the Agent and the  Lenders and
their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have
the right to assign its rights  hereunder  or any  interest  herein  without the
prior written consent of the Majority Lenders. This Agreement and all covenants,
representations and warranties made herein

                                                        84

<PAGE>



and/or in any of the other  Financing  Documents shall survive the making of the
Loans, the execution and delivery of the Financing  Documents and shall continue
in effect so long as any amounts  payable under or in connection with any of the
Financing  Documents  or any other  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower to any Lender
remains unpaid or the Commitment remains outstanding;  provided,  however,  that
Sections  2.3.4 and 9.7 shall  survive and remain in full force and effect after
expiration of the Commitment and for 90 days following  repayment in full of all
amounts payable under or in connection  with all of the Financing  Documents and
any other such Indebtedness.

        Section  9.10.  Actual  Knowledge.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  no
Lender  shall be deemed to have actual  knowledge  of any fact or state of facts
unless  the  senior  loan  officer  or any  other  officer  responsible  for the
Borrower's account established pursuant to this Agreement at such Lender, shall,
in fact, have actual  knowledge of such fact or state of facts or unless written
notice of such fact shall have been received by such Lender in  accordance  with
Section 9.6.

        Section 9.11.  Substitutions  and  Assignments.  Upon the request of any
Lender,  the Agent and such  Lender  may,  subject  to the terms and  conditions
hereinafter  set forth,  take the actions set forth below to  substitute  one or
more  financial  institutions  (a  "Substituted  Lender") as a Lender or Lenders
hereunder   having  an  amount  of  the  Loans  as  specified  in  the  relevant
Substitution Agreement executed in connection therewith.

                Section  9.11.1.  In connection with any such  substitution  the
Substituted  Lender and the Agent shall enter into a  Substitution  Agreement in
the form of Exhibit 9.11.1 hereto (a "Substitution Agreement") pursuant to which
such  Substituted  Lender shall be  substituted  for the Lender  requesting  the
substitution  in question  (any such Lender being  hereinafter  referred to as a
"Selling Lender") to the extent of the reduction in the Selling Lender's portion
of the Loans specified  therein.  In addition,  to that extent such  Substituted
Lender shall assume such of the  obligations  of each Selling  Lender under this
Agreement,  the Security Documents and the Notes as may be specified therein and
this Agreement  shall be amended by execution and delivery of each  Substitution
Agreement to include such Substituted  Lender as a Lender for all purposes under
this Agreement,  the Security Documents and the Notes, and to substitute for the
then  existing  Exhibit  1.8 to this  Agreement a new Exhibit 1.8 in the form of
Schedule A to such Substitution Agreement setting forth the portion of the Loans
belonging to

                                                        85

<PAGE>



each Lender  following  execution  thereof.  Each Lender and the Borrower hereby
appoint the Agent as agent on its behalf to countersign  and accept  delivery of
each  Substitution  Agreement and, to the extent  applicable,  the provisions of
Article 8 hereof shall apply mutatis  mutandis with respect to such  appointment
and anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent in pursuance thereof.

                Section 9.11.2. Without prejudice to any other provision of this
Agreement,  each  Substituted  Lender shall,  by its execution of a Substitution
Agreement,  agree that  neither the Agent nor any Lender is any way  responsible
for or makes any  representation  or  warranty  as to: (a) the  accuracy  and/or
completeness  of  any  information   supplied  to  such  Substituted  Lender  in
connection therewith,  (b) the financial condition,  creditworthiness,  affairs,
status  or  nature  of  the  Borrower  and/or  any of  the  Subsidiaries  or the
observance by the Borrower,  or any other party of any of its obligations  under
this  Agreement,  any of the Notes or any of the  Security  Documents or (c) the
legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of this Agreement,
any of the Notes or any of the other Security Documents.

                Section  9.11.3.  The  Agent  shall be  entitled  to rely on any
Substitution  Agreement  delivered  to it pursuant to this Section 9.11 which is
complete  and regular on its face as to its contents and appears to be signed on
behalf of the Substituted  Lender which is a party thereto,  and the Agent shall
have no liability or  responsibility  to any party as a  consequence  of relying
thereon and acting in accordance with and  countersigning  any such Substitution
Agreement.  The effective date of each Substitution  Agreement shall be the date
specified as such therein and each Lender  prior to such  effective  date shall,
for  all  purposes  hereunder,  be  deemed  to have  and  possess  all of  their
respective  rights and  obligations  hereunder  up to 12:00  o'clock P.M. on the
effective date thereof.

                Section 9.11.4.  Upon delivery to the Agent of any  Substitution
Agreement  pursuant to and in accordance  with this Section 9.11 and  acceptance
thereof by the Agent (which delivery shall be evidenced and accepted exclusively
and conclusively by the Agent's  countersignature  thereon pursuant to the terms
hereof without which such  Substitution  Agreement  shall be  ineffective):  (i)
except as provided  hereunder,  the respective rights of each Selling Lender and
the Borrower against each other under this Agreement, the Notes and the Security
Documents  with respect to the portion of the Loans being  assigned or delegated
shall be

                                                        86

<PAGE>



terminated  and each Selling Lender and the Borrower shall each be released from
all further  obligations to the other  hereunder with respect  thereto (all such
rights and obligations to be so terminated or released being referred to in this
Section 9.11 as "Discharged Rights and Obligations");  and (ii) the Borrower and
the  Substituted  Lender shall each acquire rights against each other and assume
obligations  towards  each other  which  differ from the  Discharged  Rights and
Obligations  only in so far as the  Borrower  and the  Substituted  Lender  have
assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Selling Lender in question; and
(iii) the Agent, the Substituted  Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the
same rights and assume the same  obligations  between  themselves  as they would
have acquired and assumed had such Substituted  Lender been an original party to
this  Agreement as a Lender  possessing the  Discharged  Rights and  Obligations
acquired   and/or  assumed  by  it  in  consequence  of  the  delivery  of  such
Substitution Agreement to the Agent.

                Section  9.11.5.  Discharged  Rights and  Obligations  shall not
include,  and there shall be no termination or release  pursuant to this Section
9.11 of (i) any rights or  obligations  arising  pursuant to this  Agreement  in
respect of the period or in respect of payments hereunder made during the period
prior to the effective  date of the relevant  Substitution  Agreement,  (ii) any
rights or obligations relating to the payment of any amount which has fallen due
and  not  been  paid  hereunder  prior  to such  effective  date  or  rights  or
obligations for the payment of interest,  damages or other amounts  becoming due
hereunder as a result of such  nonpayment,  any rights or claims of the Borrower
against  the  Seller  hereunder  arising  prior  to the  effective  date  of the
Substitution Agreement.

                Section   9.11.6.   With  respect  to  any   substitution  of  a
Substituted Lender taking place after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall issue
to such Substituted  Lender and to such Selling Lender, new Notes reflecting the
inclusion  of such  Substituted  Lender  as a Lender  and the  reduction  in the
respective  Loans of such Selling  Lender,  such new Notes to be issued  against
receipt by the  Borrower  of the  existing  Notes of such  Selling  Lender.  The
Selling  Lender  or the  Substituted  Lender  shall pay to the Agent for its own
account an assignment fee in the amount of $4,000 for each assignment hereunder,
which shall be payable at or before the effective date of the assignment.

                Section 9.11.7.  Each Lender may furnish to any
financial institution which such Lender proposes to make a

                                                        87

<PAGE>



Substituted  Lender or to a Substituted  Lender any information  concerning such
Lender,  the Borrower and any  Subsidiary in the  possession of that Lender from
time to time;  provided that any Lender providing any  confidential  information
about the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary to any such financial institution shall
obtain such  financial  institution's  agreement to keep  confidential  any such
confidential information.

        Section 9.12.  Payments Pro Rata.  The Agent agrees that promptly  after
its receipt of each  payment from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of any
Obligations of the Borrower  hereunder it shall  distribute  such payment to the
Lenders pro rata based upon their  respective  Pro Rata  Shares,  if any, of the
Obligations with respect to which such payment was received. Each of the Lenders
agrees that,  if it should  receive any amount  hereunder  (whether by voluntary
payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of setoff or
banker's lien, by counterclaim or cross action,  by the enforcement of any right
under the Financing Documents, or otherwise), which is applicable to the payment
of the  Obligations  of a sum which  with  respect  to the  related  sum or sums
received by other  Lenders is in a greater  proportion  than the total amount of
such  Obligation  then owed and due to such Lender  bears to the total amount of
such  Obligation  then owed and due to all of the Lenders  immediately  prior to
such receipt,  except for any amounts received  pursuant to Section 2.3.3,  then
such Lender  receiving  such excess  payment  shall  purchase  for cash  without
recourse or warranty  from the other Lenders an interest in the  Obligations  of
the Borrower to such  Lenders in such amount as shall  result in a  proportional
participation by all the Lenders in such amount; provided,  however, that if all
or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter  recovered  from such Lender,
such purchase  shall be rescinded and the purchase  price restored to the extent
of such recovery, but without interest.

        Section 9.13.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the Notes
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

        Section  9.14.  Severability  of  Provisions.   Any  provision  of  this
Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to
such  jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   without  invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof  or
affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  such  provision  in any  other
jurisdiction.


                                                        88

<PAGE>



        Section 9.15  Headings.  Article and Section  headings in this Agreement
are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

        Section 9.16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered
in any number of  counterparts  each of which shall be deemed an  original,  and
this Agreement shall be effective when at least one counterpart  hereof has been
executed by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a
signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of
a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

        Section 9.17.  Senior Indebtedness.  The parties hereto agree
that the Indebtedness under this Agreement shall be "Senior
Indebtedness" as that term is defined in the Indenture.

        Section 9.18.  Joint and Several Obligations.  The
Obligations of GTLP and Capital Corp. are joint and several.


                                                        89

<PAGE>



                IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed as a sealed  instrument  by their  respective  officers
thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

In the presence of:                                  GALAXY TELECOM, L.P.


_________________________                            By:

                                                          General Partner


_________________________                            By:

                                                          Name:
                                                          Title:

In the presence of:                                GALAXY TELECOM CAPITAL CORP.


_________________________                            By:

                                                          Name:
                                                          Title:


In the presence of:                               FLEET NATIONAL BANK, as Agent


_________________________                         By:

                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:


_________________________                         By____________________________
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:


                                                     LENDERS:


In the presence of:                                  FLEET NATIONAL BANK



                                                        90

<PAGE>



_________________________                         By:

                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:


_________________________                         By____________________________
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:




                                                        91

<PAGE>


In the presence of:                                  INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN
                                                     (U.S.) CAPITAL CORPORATION


_________________________                            By:

                                                          Name:
                                                          Title:

                                                  Address:  135 East 57th Street
                                                            New York, NY  10002
                                                     Attn:  James Turino
                                                      Fax:

In the presence of:                                  STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
                                                     COMPANY


_________________________                            By:

                                                          Name:
                                                          Title:

                                                Address:  225 Franklin Street
                                                           Boston, MA  02110
                                                    Attn:  James C. Gregg
                                                     Fax:

In the presence of:                                  UNION BANK


_________________________                            By:

                                                          Name:
                                                          Title:

                                             Address:  445 South Figueroa Street
                                                       15th Floor
                                                       Los Angeles, CA  90071
                                                Attn:  Michael K. McShane
                                                 Fax:

                                       92



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission